Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Distribution / Systemax Inc.

Systemax Inc.

syx · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker syx
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Distribution
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Systemax Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Proxy Statement and 
2009 Annual Report to Stockholders

Dear Fellow Stockholders,

In 2009 Systemax delivered all-time record revenues and solid bottom line results despite a business environment that was the
most challenging in several generations. We did this by executing on sales growth opportunities that were available to Systemax
as a financially strong company, while rationalizing our expenses with focused cost reduction initiatives that will not impact our
future  growth.  Throughout  the  year  we  strategically  invested  in  areas  that  support  our  long-term  growth  strategy,  including
investing in our sales force and B2B operations, improving our e-Commerce sites, enhancing our in-store consumer experience
and expanding our retail store footprint. 

History has proven that challenging markets present unprecedented growth opportunities – and that was certainly the case for
Systemax in 2009.  In May we acquired one of the most iconic brands in U.S. electronics retailing – the Circuit City brand and
select  assets  (certain  trademarks,  trade  names,  internet  domain  names  including  www.CircuitCity.com,  customer  lists  and
information, and other intangible assets of Circuit City's e-Commerce business). This acquisition, coupled with our expanding
CompUSA store  footprint,  our  innovative  Retail  2.0  initiative  and  our  industry  leading  TigerDirect  e-Commerce  business,
cemented  our  position  as  a  leader  in  the  consumer  electronics  retail  market. Additionally,  in  September  we  acquired WStore
Europe, a supplier of business IT products, which significantly strengthened our France and U.K. operations.  We believe these
strategic steps further strengthen our business and ability to drive future growth.

Below I outline our 2009 financial results as well as the progress we made on a number of key initiatives in our business segments.

Consolidated Result For Fiscal 2009

• Grew revenues by 4% to over $3.2 billion, an all time record; 
• Delivered operating income of $73 million, and net income of $46 million, or $1.24 per diluted share;
• Paid a special dividend of $0.75 per share;
• Maintained high working capital of more than $252 million as of December 31, 2009; 
• Increased  short-term  debt  by  approximately  $15  million  primarily  revolving  debt  assumed  as  part  of  the  WStore

acquisition; 

• Maintained high availability of liquidity with an undrawn credit facility of $120 million and total cash and available

liquidity of over $150 million; and

• Grew total stockholders’ equity to a record $365 million. 

While these results would be characterized as very good in a normalized economy, they are most impressive given the prevailing
economic environment. Systemax continues to prove itself to be a strong company, with highly recognized and valuable brands
and a loyal customer base.

Consumer Channels

On the consumer front, our operations performed well, with channel sales up over 12% compared to 2008. This growth was aided
by our expanding retail store footprint, one of our key growth initiatives.  At the end of the year, we had 34 retail stores open and
operating in North America.  During 2009 we opened five new CompUSA stores and entered several important markets, including
Delaware and Houston, Texas. Our strategy is to expand in the large metropolitan areas where we already maintain a presence and
in new markets that can support standalone destination stores. Our philosophy has been and will continue to be about opening
stores at a pace and in markets that will add to our long-term growth and profitability.  We also continued to innovate and rollout
the Retail 2.0 platform – our pioneering concept, which empowers customers and revolutionizes how they shop for consumer
electronics – to the majority of our stores. Customer response to Retail 2.0 has been very positive, as this shopping format enhances
the in-store experience with interactive data and media previously only available online.

On the web front, the major event during 2009 was the acquisition and relaunch of CircuitCity.com.  The site is ramping up nicely
and generated significant sales during 2009.  We continue to build Circuit City’s brand awareness and reactivate customers.  In the
near-term we are concentrating on expanding our product offerings by adding additional categories and further improving our
overall performance. Circuit City is a prized asset that has significant value outside of e-Commerce and we are currently exploring
additional opportunities to extract that value.  Additionally, TigerDirect.com, our largest direct sales website in terms of revenue,
continues to perform well and maintained its rank as one of the top rated e-Commerce sites for online retailing of computer
products and consumer electronics.  

Business to Business Channels 

Our Business to Business (B2B) channels were the most affected by the economic slowdown.  B2B Channel sales were down
almost 5% compared to 2008 driven by a soft performance in Europe, where we have a physical presence in seven countries and
sell into 14 countries.  Like last year, our performance in Europe differed substantially by country with continued challenges in
Spain,  Germany,  and  Italy,  whose  economies  remain  weak.  The  bright  side  in  Europe  was  the  U.K.,  our  largest  European
operation,  and  France,  where  sales  modestly  increased  excluding  any  contribution  from  the  WStore  Europe  acquisition  in
September.  The acquisition complements our existing MISCO operations with minimal overlap.  We are excited by this growth
opportunity, which essentially doubles the size of our business in France and enhances our existing operations in the U.K.  While
we have made substantial progress on the integration of WStore Europe this process remains in its early stages.  As such, we expect
to begin to realize the full financial benefit of this acquisition later this year. 

In North America, we expect B2B to offer significant growth opportunities for Systemax, as IT spending in the enterprise sector
improves.  In anticipation of this recovery, in 2009 we opened two new sales offices and we are selectively opening small B2B offices
within a number of retail stores in our most attractive SMB markets.  Thus far we are pleased with the results of these new offices
and the response from our customers.  In our Industrial Products Group, sales for the full year were down, but the segment continued
to generate strong margins and had a positive impact on our bottom line.  As in our other B2B channels, we started seeing some initial
signs of recovery toward the end of 2009, driven by our expanding product offerings and improved customer website, as well as
somewhat improved business conditions. We continue to make prudent investments to improve our market position in this segment,
while carefully controlling costs.

Other Events

In my letter last year I told you we were closely monitoring our ProfitCenter Software (“PCS”) hosted software business and in
June  we  made  the  difficult  decision  to  exit  this  business. We  concluded  it  was  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company  and  its
shareholders to reduce our investment in the software business, allowing us to focus on our core businesses and most promising
growth opportunities.  We continue to utilize the PCS application within our own businesses but have ended most of our external
customer relationships.  

Systemax remains a profitable and growing business that is well positioned for the future. While the macro economic environment
is showing some signs of stabilizing, uncertainty remains.  However, we are taking the necessary strategic steps to build and grow
our businesses.  In 2010 we will continue to drive revenue growth by leveraging our portfolio of brands and exploring opportunities
in  both  new  and  existing  markets.    Overall,  we  are  confident  in  Systemax’s  long-term  growth  potential  and  in  our  ability  to
successfully execute our strategic plan.  

Thank you to our stockholders for your support, to our customers and vendors for your loyalty, and to our employees for your hard
work and commitment to the Company. 

Sincerely,

Richard Leeds
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
April 26, 2010

TO RECEIVE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
PLEASE SEND A WRITTEN REQUEST TO:

INVESTOR RELATIONS:
Systemax Inc.
11 Harbor Park Drive
Port Washington, NY 11050
516-608-7000 ext. 7181
Email: investinfo@systemax.com
Web Site: http://www.systemax.com

TRANSFER AGENT:
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
59 Maiden Lane
New York, NY 10038
Phone: 212-936-5100
Email: info@amstock.com
Web Site: http://www.amstock.com

SEND CERTIFICATES FOR TRANSFER AND ADDRESS CHANGES TO:
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
59 Maiden Lane
New York, NY 10038

STOCK EXCHANGE:
The Company’s shares are traded on the
New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SYX.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Copies  of  the  Company’s  2009 Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2010 Annual
Meeting, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission are available online at www.systemax.com or to stockholders without charge upon
written request to the Company’s address listed above, Attention: Investor Relations. In addition, on the
Corporate Governance page of the Company’s website, www.systemax.com, stockholders can view the
Company’s  Corporate  Ethics  Policy,  Audit  Committee  Charter,  Compensation  Committee  Charter,
Nominating/Corporate  Governance  Committee  Charter  and  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  and
Principles.

The  most  recent  certifications  by  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are filed as exhibits to the Company’s Form 10-
K. The Company has also filed with the New York Stock Exchange the most recent Annual CEO Certification
as required by Section 303A.12(a) of New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.

Systemax Inc. (www.systemax.com), a Fortune 1000 company, sells personal computers, computer
supplies  and  accessories,  consumer electronics  and  industrial  products  through  branded  e-
commerce  web  sites,  direct  mail  catalogs,  relationship  marketers  and  retail  stores  in  North
America  and  Europe.  The  primary  brands  are  TigerDirect,  CompUSA,  Circuit  City,  MISCO,
WStore  and Global Industrial. It also manufactures and sells computers and accessories under the
Systemax and Ultra brands.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

SCHEDULE 14A 
(Rule 14a-101) 

SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION 

Proxy Statement pursuant to Section 14(a) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

Filed by the Registrant |X| 
Filed by a Party other than the Registrant |_| 

Check the appropriate box: 

|_|      Preliminary Proxy Statement 
|_|      Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2)) 
|x|      Definitive Proxy Statement 
|_|      Definitive Additional Materials 
|_|      Soliciting Material under Rule 14a-12 

Systemax Inc. 
(Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

------------------------------------------------------------ 
(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant) 

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box): 

|x|      No fee required 
|_|      Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11 

(1)            Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies: 
_____________________________________________________________ 
(2)            Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies: 
_____________________________________________________________ 
(3)            Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the 

amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined): 

_____________________________________________________________ 
(4)            Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction: 
_____________________________________________________________ 
(5)            Total fee paid: 
_____________________________________________________________ 

|_|    Fee paid previously with preliminary materials. 

|_|  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee 
was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing. 

(1)            Amount Previously Paid: 
_____________________________________________________________ 
(2)            Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.: 
_____________________________________________________________ 
(3)            Filing Party: 
_____________________________________________________________ 
(4) 
_____________________________________________________________ 

Date Filed: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
Systemax Inc. 
11 Harbor Park Drive 
Port Washington, New York 11050 

April 29, 2010 

Dear Stockholders: 

You are cordially invited to attend the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Systemax Inc. (the “Company”) which will be held 
at the Company’s corporate offices, located at 11 Harbor Park Drive, Port Washington,  New York at 2:00 p.m. on Friday, June 11, 
2010.  Your Board of Directors looks forward to greeting those stockholders who are able to attend.  On the following pages you will 
find the formal Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement. 

Whether or not you plan to attend the meeting in person, it is important that your shares be represented and voted at the Annual 
Meeting.  Accordingly, please vote your shares over the internet at www.proxyvote.com or by telephone at (800) 690-6903 until 11:59 
PM  (EDT)  on June  10,  2010,  or  if  you  received  a  paper proxy  card,  date,  sign  and  return  the  proxy  card  as  soon  as possible  in  the 
envelope provided or to the address set forth in the voting instructions therein.  Your cooperation will ensure that your shares are voted. 

I hope that you will attend the Annual Meeting, and I look forward to seeing you there. 

Sincerely, 

RICHARD LEEDS 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
Systemax Inc. 
11 Harbor Park Drive 
Port Washington, New York 11050 

_______________ 

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS 
To Be Held On June 11, 2010 

Dear Stockholders: 

The 2010 Annual Meeting of the Stockholders of Systemax Inc. (the “Company”) will be held at the Company’s offices, 11 Harbor 
Park Drive, Port Washington, New York, on Friday, June 11, 2010 at 2:00 p.m. for the following purposes, as more fully described in 
the accompanying proxy statement: 

1.        To elect the Company’s Board of Directors; 

2.        To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the Company’s  2010 Long Term Incentive Plan; 

3.        To consider and vote upon a proposal to ratify the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as the Company’s 

independent registered public accountants; and  

4.        To transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting and any and all adjournments or 

postponements thereof. 

The  Board  of  Directors  has  fixed  the  close  of  business  on  April  14,  2010  as  the  record  date  for  the  determination  of  the 

stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting and at any adjournment or postponement thereof. 

Stockholders are invited to attend the meeting.  Whether or not you expect to attend, we urge you to vote your shares.  YOU CAN 
VOTE YOUR SHARES OVER THE INTERNET AT www.proxyvote.com OR BY TELEPHONE AT (800) 690-6903 UNTIL 11:59 
PM (EDT) ON JUNE 10, 2010. IF YOU RECEIVED A PAPER PROXY CARD BY MAIL, YOU MAY ALSO VOTE BY SIGNING, 
DATING,  AND  RETURNING  THE PROXY  CARD  IN  THE  ENVELOPE  PROVIDED  OR  TO  THE  ADDRESS  SET  FORTH  IN 
THE VOTING INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN. If you attend the meeting, you may vote your shares in person, which will 
revoke any previously executed proxy. 

If your shares are held of record by a broker, bank or other nominee and you wish to attend the meeting, you must obtain a letter 
from the broker, bank or other nominee confirming your beneficial ownership of the shares and bring it to the meeting.  In order to vote 
your shares at the meeting, you must obtain from the record holder a proxy issued in your name. 

Regardless of how many shares you own, your vote is very important.  PLEASE VOTE YOUR SHARES OVER THE INTERNET 
OR BY TELEPHONE OR IF YOU RECEIVED A PAPER PROXY CARD BY MAIL, SIGN, DATE, AND RETURN THE PROXY 
CARD IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED TODAY. 

Sincerely, 

CURT S. RUSH 
General Counsel and Secretary 

Port Washington, New York 
April 29, 2010 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE ANNUAL 
MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON JUNE 11, 2010.................................................................................. 
5 
VOTING PROCEDURES.......................................................................................................................................................... 
6 
PROPOSAL NO. 1: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS..................................................................................................................  8 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE..................................................................................................................................................  10 
       INDEPENDENCE OF DIRECTORS...................................................................................................................................  10 
       MEETINGS OF NON-MANAGEMENT DIRECTORS....................................................................................................  10 
       CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES.................................................................................................................  10 
       CORPORATE ETHICS POLICY........................................................................................................................................  10 
       COMMUNICATIONS WITH DIRECTORS......................................................................................................................  11 
       DIRECTORS ATTENDANCE AT ANNUAL MEETINGS.............................................................................................. 
11 
       BOARD MEETINGS............................................................................................................................................................. 
11 
       COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD.......................................................................................................................................  11 
       BOARD LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE............................................................................................................................... 
13 
       RISK OVERSIGHT............................................................................................................................................................... 
14 
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE................................................................................................................................  16 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS............................................................................................................................................................ 
17 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 
MANAGEMENT..........................................................................................................................................................................      18 
       SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE............................................................  19 
TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS..................................................................................................................... 
20 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION.............................................................................................................  21 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION............................................................................................................................................... 
22 
       COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS........................................................................................................ 
22 
       COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS........................................................................... 
29 
       COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION..............................................  30 
       SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE............................................................................................................................ 
31 
       GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS............................................................................................................................. 
32 
       OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END 2009........................................................................... 
33 
       OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED.................................................................................................................  34 
       POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL.................................................... 
34 

      TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT WITHOUT CHANGE IN CONTROL.............................................................. 
35 
      CHANGE IN CONTROL PAYMENTS................................................................................................................................  35 
 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION.................................................................................................................................................    36 
       DIRECTOR COMPENSATION FOR FISCAL YEAR 2009............................................................................................ 
36 
PROPOSAL NO. 2: ADOPT A NEW LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN............................................................................     37 
PROPOSAL NO. 3: RATIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTANTS........................................................................................................................................................................       43 
ADDITIONAL MATTERS......................................................................................................................................................... 
44 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE 

ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON JUNE 11, 2010.  

Our Proxy Statement and Annual Report are available online at: 

www.proxyvote.com 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Systemax Inc. 
11 Harbor Park Drive 
Port Washington, New York 11050 

________________________ 

PROXY STATEMENT 

________________________ 

This proxy statement is furnished in connection with the solicitation of proxies on behalf of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of 
Systemax Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company to be held on 
June 11, 2010 (the “Annual Meeting”).  The Company has made the proxy materials available to stockholders of record as of the close 
of business on April 14, 2010 at www.proxyvote.com beginning on April 29, 2010 and is first mailing such materials to stockholders 
that requested printed copies of such materials on or about April 29, 2010.   

You  can  ensure  that  your  shares  are  voted  at  the  meeting  by  voting  your  shares  over  the  internet  at  www.proxyvote.com  or  by 
telephone  at  (800)  690-6903  until  11:59  PM  (EDT)  on  June  10,  2010  or  by  signing,  dating  and  promptly  returning  a  proxy,  if  you 
received a proxy by mail, in the envelope provided or to the address contained in the voting instructions therein. Voting your shares 
over  the  internet,  by  telephone  or  by  sending  in  a  signed  proxy  will  not  affect  your  right  to  attend  the  meeting  and  vote  in 
person.  Stockholders  of  record  may  revoke  their  proxy  at  any  time  before  it  is  voted  by  notifying  the  Company’s  Transfer  Agent, 
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 59 Maiden Lane, New York, NY 10038, Attention: Proxy Department, in writing, or by 
executing and delivering a subsequently dated proxy to the address contained in the  voting  instructions  in  the proxy,  which revokes 
your previously executed proxy.  Beneficial holders whose shares are held of record by a broker, bank or other nominee may revoke 
their proxy at any time before it is voted by following the instructions of their broker, bank or other nominee.   

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 11 Harbor Park Drive, Port Washington, New York 11050. 

Voting Procedures 

Proxies  will  be  voted  as  specified  by  the  stockholders.  Where  specific  choices  are  not  indicated,  proxies  will  be  voted  for 
proposals 1, 2 and 3.  If any other matters properly come before the Annual Meeting, the persons named in the proxy will vote at their 
discretion.  Under the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and 
By-Laws, (1) the affirmative vote of a plurality of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Shares”) entitled to 
vote  and  present,  in  person  or  by  properly  executed  proxy,  at  a  meeting  at  which  a  quorum  is  present  will  be  required  to  elect  the 
nominated  directors  of  the  Board  (Proposal  1);  (2)  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of  the  outstanding  Shares  entitled  to  vote  and 
present, in person or by properly executed proxy, at a meeting at which a quorum is present will be required will be required to adopt 
the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan;  and (3) the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote and present, in 
person or by properly executed proxy, at a meeting at which a quorum is present will be required to ratify the appointment of Ernst & 
Young LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accountants (Proposal 3). 

A  quorum  is  representation  in  person  or  by  proxy  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  at  least  a  majority  of  the  outstanding 
Shares.  Abstentions will have no effect on the election of directors (Proposal 1).  Abstentions on other matters will be treated as votes 
cast  on  particular  matters  as  well  as  shares  present  and  represented  for  purposes  of  establishing  a  quorum,  with  the  result  that  an 
abstention has the same effect as a negative vote.  Where nominee record holders do not vote on specific issues because they did not 
receive  specific  instructions  on  such  issues  from  the  beneficial  owners,  such  broker  non-votes  will  not  be  treated  as  votes  cast  on  a 
particular  matter,  and  will  therefore  have  no  effect  on  the  vote,  but  will  be  treated  as  shares  present  or  represented  for  purposes  of 
establishing a quorum. 

If your shares are held through a broker, bank or other nominee, you must provide voting instructions to such record holder in 

accordance with such record holder’s requirements in order to ensure that your shares are properly voted.  If you do not provide your 
broker or other nominee with instructions on how to vote your “street name” shares, your broker or nominee will not be permitted to 
vote them on non-routine matters (a broker “non-vote”) such as Items 1 and 2. Shares subject to a broker “non-vote” will not be 
considered entitled to vote with respect to Items 1 and 2, and will not affect the outcome on those Items. Please note that the rules 
regarding how brokers may vote your shares have changed this year as compared to last year’s rules. Brokers may no longer vote your 
shares on the election of directors, or any other non-routine matters, in the absence of your specific instructions as to how to vote. We 
encourage you to provide instructions to your broker regarding the voting of your shares. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
A list of stockholders of the Company satisfying the requirements of Section 219 of the Delaware General Corporation Law shall 
be available for inspection for any purpose germane to the Annual Meeting during normal business hours at the offices of the Company 
at least ten days prior to the Annual Meeting. 

On April 14, 2010, the record date, there were outstanding and entitled to vote (excluding Company treasury shares) 36,649,264 
Shares entitled to one vote per Share.  Stockholders will not be entitled to appraisal rights in connection with any of the matters to be 
voted on at the Annual Meeting.  

Internet Posting of Proxy Materials 

Why did I receive a notice regarding the internet availability of proxy materials instead of paper copies of the proxy materials? 

This  year,  like  last  year,  we  are  using  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  or  SEC,  “notice  only”  rule  that  allows  us  to 
furnish our proxy materials over the internet to our stockholders instead of mailing paper copies of those materials to each stockholder.  
As  a  result,  beginning  on  or  about  April  29,  2010,  we  sent  to  most  of  our  stockholders  by  mail  a  “Notice  of  Internet  Availability” 
containing instructions on  how to access our proxy  materials over the Internet and vote online.  This notice  is  not a  proxy card and 
cannot be used to vote your shares.  If you received a notice this year, you will not receive paper copies of the proxy materials unless 
you request the materials by following the instructions on the notice or on the website referred to in the notice. 

If  you  own  shares  of  common  stock  in  more  than  one  account—for  example,  in  a  joint  account  with  your  spouse  and  in  your 
individual brokerage account—you may have received more than one notice.  To vote all of your shares by proxy, please follow each of 
the separate proxy voting instructions that you received for your shares of common stock held in each of your different accounts. 

How can I access the proxy materials over the Internet?  

Your Notice of the Internet Availability of the proxy materials, proxy card or voting instruction card will contain instructions on 

how to view our proxy materials for the Annual Meeting on the Internet.  Our proxy materials and annual report on Form 10-K for 
fiscal year 2009, as well as the means to vote by Internet, are available at www.proxyvote.com 

How may I obtain a paper copy of the proxy materials?  

If you receive a Notice of the Internet Availability of the proxy materials, you will find on your notice instructions about how to 
obtain a paper copy of the proxy materials. If you did not receive the notice, you will receive a paper copy of the proxy materials by 
mail. 

What is “householding”? 

SEC rules allow a single copy of the proxy materials or the Notice of Internet Availability of proxy materials to be delivered to 
multiple  stockholders  sharing  the  same  address  and  last  name,  or  who  we  reasonably  believe  are  members  of  the  same  family  in  a 
manner provided by such rules.  This practice is referred to as “householding” and can result in significant savings of paper and mailing 
costs.  In accordance with SEC rules, stockholders sharing the same address and last name, or who we reasonably believe are members 
of the same family, will receive one copy of the proxy materials or notice of internet availability of proxy materials.   

How can I find voting results of the Annual Meeting?  

We will announce preliminary voting results at the Annual Meeting and we will publicly disclose the results on a Form 8-K within 

four business days of the Annual Meeting, as required by newly adopted Securities and Exchange Commission rules. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 
Proposal No. 1 on Proxy Card 

At  the  Annual  Meeting,  eight  Directors  are  to  be  elected  to  serve  until  their  successors  have  been  elected  and 

qualified.  Information regarding such nominees is set forth below. 

The  accompanying  proxy  will  be  voted  for  the  election  of  the  Board’s  nominees  unless  contrary  instructions  are  given.  If  any 
Board nominee is unable to serve, which is not anticipated, the persons named as proxies intend to vote, unless the Board of Directors 
reduces the number of nominees, for such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may designate. 

Each of the nominees served as a director during fiscal year 2009.   If voting by proxy with respect to the election of Directors, 

stockholders may vote in favor of all nominees, withhold their votes as to all nominees or withhold their votes for specific nominees. 

There  were  no arrangements  or understandings between any Director or nominee for  Director and any other person pursuant to 
which such person was selected as a Director or nominee for Director.  There are no family relationships among any of our Directors or 
executive officers or nominees for Director or executive officer, except that Richard Leeds, Bruce Leeds and Robert Leeds are brothers. 

Nominees 

Name of Nominee 

Richard Leeds 
Bruce Leeds 
Robert Leeds 
Gilbert Fiorentino 
Lawrence P. Reinhold 
Robert D. Rosenthal 
Stacy S. Dick 
Marie Adler-Kravecas 

Principal Occupation 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company 
Vice Chairman of the Company 
Vice Chairman of the Company 
Chief Executive of the Company’s Technology Products Group 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of First Long Island Investors LLC 
Chief Financial Officer of Julian Robertson Holdings 
Retired President of Myron Corporation 

Age 
50 
54 
54 
50 
50 
61 
53 
50 

Director Since 

April 1995 
April 1995 
April 1995 
May 2004 
March 2009 
July 1995 
November 1995 
June 2009 

Richard Leeds joined the Company in 1982 and has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since April 
1995.   Mr. Leeds graduated from New York University in 1982 with a B.S. degree in Finance. Mr. Leeds, together with his brothers 
Bruce and Robert Leeds, are the majority stockholders of the Company and the sons of one of the Company’s founders.  Mr. Leeds 
served as Co-President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company prior to its becoming a public company in 1995.  Mr. Leeds was 
selected to serve as Chairman of our Board due to his  experience  and depth of knowledge of the Company and the direct marketing, 
computer and industrial products industries,  his role in developing and managing the Company’s business strategies and operations,  as 
well as his exceptional business judgment and leadership qualities.  

Bruce  Leeds  joined  the  Company  in  1977  and  has  served  as  Vice  Chairman  of  the  Company  since  April  1995.  Mr.  Leeds  also 
served  as  President  of  International  Operations  of  the  Company  from  1990  until  March  2005.  Mr.  Leeds  graduated  from  Tufts 
University in 1977 with a B.A. degree in Economics. Mr. Leeds, together with his brothers Richard and Robert Leeds, are the majority 
stockholders  of  the  Company  and  the  sons  of  one  of  the  Company’s  founders.   Mr.  Leeds  served  as  Co-President  and  Head  of 
International Operations of the Company prior to its becoming a public company in 1995. Mr. Leeds was selected to serve as a director 
on our Board due to his experience and depth of knowledge of the Company and the direct marketing, computer and industrial products 
industries,  his  role  in  developing  and  managing  the  Company’s  business  strategies  and  operations,  his  experience  in  international 
business as well as his exceptional business judgment. 

     Robert Leeds joined the Company in 1977 and has served as Vice Chairman of the Company since  April 1995.  Mr. Leeds also 
served  as  President  of  Domestic  Operations  of  the  Company  from  April  1995  until  March  2005.  Mr.  Leeds  graduated  from  Tufts 
University in 1977 with a B.S. degree in Computer Applications Engineering. Mr. Leeds, together with his brothers Richard and Bruce 
Leeds,  are  the  majority  stockholders  of  the  Company  and  the  sons  of  one  of  the  Company’s  founders.   Mr.  Leeds  served  as  Co-
President and head of Domestic Operations of the Company prior to its becoming a public company in 1995 , Mr. Leeds was selected 
to  serve  as  a  director  on  our  Board  because  of  his    experience  and  depth  of  knowledge  of  the  Company  and    the  direct  marketing, 
computer and industrial products industries  his role in developing and managing the Company’s business strategies and operations, his 
significant computer and technology industry experience as well as his exceptional business judgment. 

8 

 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
Gilbert Fiorentino joined the Company in 1995 as President of Tiger Direct, Inc. a subsidiary of the Company and has served as 
Chief  Executive  of  the  Company’s  Technology  Products  Group  and  as  a  Director  of  the  Company  since  2004.  Mr.  Fiorentino 
graduated from the University of Miami in 1981 with a B.S. degree in Economics and graduated from the University of Miami Law 
School  in  1984.    Mr.  Fiorentino  was  selected  to  serve  as  a  director  on  our  Board  due  to  his  exceptional  business  acumen  and  his 
significant  management and  marketing experience in  the technology products business, including computer and consumer electronic 
product  sales,  as  well  as  his  significant  retail  sales  experience,  including  direct  marketing  via  online,  catalogs  and  B2B  relationship 
sales as well as brick and  mortar store retail sales. 

Lawrence  P.  Reinhold  joined  the  Company  in  January  2007  and  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer of the Company since that date.  In addition, Mr. Reinhold has served as a Director since March 2009.  Mr. Reinhold  was a 
business,  finance  and  accounting  consultant  in  2006.  Previously  he  was  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of 
Greatbatch, Inc., a publicly traded developer and manufacturer of components used in implantable medical devices from 2002 through 
2005; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Critical Path, Inc. a publicly traded communications software company 
in  2001;  and  a  Managing  Partner  of  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  with  responsibility  for  its  Technology,  Information, 
Communications,  Media  and  Entertainment  industry  practice  in  the  Midwestern  United  States  from  1998  until  2000  (and  held  other 
positions at that firm from 1982 until 1998).  He received his B.S. degree summa cum laude in Business Administration in 1982 and his 
M.B.A.  in  1987  from  San  Diego  State  University  and  received  his  Certified  Public  Accountant  license  in  California  in  1984.  Mr. 
Reinhold  was  selected  to  serve  as  a  director  on  our  Board  due  to  his  contributions  since  joining  the  Company  and  his  extensive 
experience and expertise in business, finance, accounting, SEC reporting, public company management, mergers and acquisitions and 
financial systems as well as his serving  as a CFO of other public technology companies and a partner with an international accounting 
firm. 

Robert D. Rosenthal has served as an independent Director of the Company since July 1995.  He has been the lead independent 
director since October 2006.  Mr. Rosenthal is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of First Long Island Investors LLC, which he co-
founded in 1983.  Mr. Rosenthal is a 1971 cum laude graduate of Boston University and a 1974 graduate of Hofstra University Law 
School.  Mr. Rosenthal is the chairman and CEO of a wealth management company that invests in numerous public companies and is 
also an attorney and member of the bar of the State of New York.  Mr. Rosenthal was selected to serve as a director on our Board due 
to his financial, investment and legal experience and acumen.   

Stacy  S.  Dick  has  served  as  an  independent  Director  of  the  Company  since  November  1995. Mr.  Dick  has  served  as  Chief 
Financial  Officer  of  Julian  Robertson  Holdings  since  November  2008.   Mr.  Dick  was  a  Managing  Director  of  Rothschild  Inc.  from 
2001 to 2008 and served as an executive of other entities controlled by Rothschild family interests. Mr. Dick graduated from Harvard 
University with an A.B. degree magna cum laude in 1978 and a Ph.D. in Business Economics in 1983.  He has served as an adjunct 
professor of finance at the Stern School of Business (NYU) since 2004.  Mr. Dick was selected to serve as a director on our Board due 
to his exceptional knowledge and experience in the areas of business, finance and economics.   

Marie Adler-Kravecas has served as an independent Director of the Company since June 2009.  Ms. Adler-Kravecas joined Myron 
Corporation, an international, business-to-business direct marketing company, in 1984 and served as President from 1999 to 2004.  In 
2005, Ms. Adler-Kravecas founded Wellconnected, LLC, a consumer direct marketing company which was sold in 2008.  Ms. Adler-
Kravecas  is  currently  retired.    Ms.  Adler-Kravecas  received  a  B.S.  degree  in  Marketing  and  Business  Administration  from  George 
Washington University in 1981.  She has been a member of the Young President’s Organization since 2003 and The Executive Group 
from  2004  to  2008.    Ms.  Adler-Kravecas  has  been  on  the  Board  of  the  Children’s  Aid  and  Family  Service  since  2004.    Ms.  Adler-
Kravecas was selected to serve as a director on our Board due to her practical experience in direct marketing and international business.   

THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  UNANIMOUSLY  RECOMMENDS  A  VOTE  FOR  THE  ELECTION  OF  ALL  THE 
DIRECTOR NOMINEES, WHICH IS DESIGNATED AS PROPOSAL NO. 1. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independence of Directors 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

In connection with its annual review of director independence, the Board has determined that each of the following Directors or 
nominees  of  the  Company  meets  the  standards  for  independence  required  by  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  and  Securities  and 
Exchange  Commission  rules:  Robert  D.  Rosenthal,  Stacy  S.  Dick  and  Marie  Adler-Kravecas.    The  Board  made  this  determination 
based on (a) the absence of any of the express disqualifying criteria relating to director independence set forth in Section 303A of the 
Corporate  Governance  Rules  of  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  and  (b)  the  criteria  for  independence  required  of  audit  committee 
directors by Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Act. 

Although the Board has not adopted categorical standards of materiality for independence purposes (other than those set forth in 
the  NYSE  listing  standards  and  the  Exchange  Act),  information  provided  by  the  Directors  to  the  Company  did  not  indicate  any 
relationships  (e.g.,  commercial,  industrial,  banking,  consulting,  legal,  accounting,  charitable,  or  familial)  which  would  impair  the 
independence  of  any  of  the  nonemployee  Directors.  The  Board  has  determined  that  there  is  no  material  relationship  between  the 
Company  and  each  of  Mr.  Rosenthal,  Mr.  Dick  and  Ms.  Adler-Kravecas  (directly  or  as  a  partner,  shareholder,  or  officer  of  an 
organization that has a relationship with the Company) and that each of them is independent pursuant to the NYSE listing standards.  In 
making its determination, the Board took into consideration the fact that a private partnership, in which Messrs. Richard, Robert and 
Bruce Leeds are general partners, has invested funds with a private investment firm, of which Robert D. Rosenthal is Chairman and 
CEO. The Board (in each case with Mr. Rosenthal and Messrs. Richard, Robert and Bruce Leeds being recused) determined that such 
relationship was not material to Messrs. Richard, Robert and Bruce Leeds individually or collectively or to Mr. Rosenthal.  

As a “controlled company,” the Company is exempt from the New York Stock Exchange requirement that listed companies have a 
majority of independent directors.  A “controlled company” is defined by the New York Stock Exchange as a company of which more 
than  50%  of  the  voting  power  for  the  election  of  directors  is  held  by  an  individual,  group  or  other  company.  The  Company  is  a 
“controlled  company”  in  that  more  than  50%  of  the  voting  stock  for  the  election  of  directors  of  the  Company,  in  the  aggregate,  is 
owned by certain members of the Leeds family  (including Richard Leeds, Robert Leeds and Bruce Leeds, each of whom is an officer 
and Director of the Company) and certain Leeds’ family trusts (collectively, the “Leeds Group”).  The members of the Leeds Group 
have entered into a Stockholders Agreement with respect to certain Shares they each own.  See “Transactions With Related Persons” 
below. 

Meetings of Non-Management Directors 

The New York Stock Exchange requires the “non-management directors” or independent directors of a NYSE-listed company to 
meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions without management and to disclose in their annual proxy statements (1) the name of the 
non-management director who is chosen to preside at all regularly-scheduled executive sessions of the non-management members of 
the board of directors and (2) a method for all interested parties to communicate directly with the presiding director or with the non-
management directors as a group. The Board’s non-management or independent directors meet separately in executive sessions, chaired 
by the Lead Independent Director (currently Robert D. Rosenthal), at least quarterly. 

Corporate Governance Guidelines 

The  Company  has  adopted  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines,  which  are  available  on  the  Corporate  Governance  page  of  our 

website at www.systemax.com.  The Corporate Governance Guidelines were amended in April 2010. 

Corporate Ethics Policy 

The Company has adopted a Corporate Ethics Policy that applies to all employees of the Company, including the Company’s Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller, its principal accounting officer.  The Corporate Ethics Policy is designed to 
deter  wrongdoing  and  to  promote  honest  and  ethical  conduct,  compliance  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  full  and  accurate 
disclosure of information requiring public disclosure and the prompt reporting of Policy violations.  The Company’s Corporate Ethics 
Policy  is  available  on  the  Company’s  website  (www.systemax.com).   We  intend  to  disclose  on  our  website,  in  accordance  with 
applicable  laws  and  regulations,  amendments  to,  or  waivers  from,  our  Corporate  Ethics  Policy.    Our  Corporate  Ethics  Policy  was 
amended in March 2010. 

Communications with Directors 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
Stockholders of the Company  who  wish to communicate  with  the Board or any individual Director can  write to  Systemax Inc., 
Attention: Investor Relations, 11 Harbor Park Drive, Port Washington, NY 11050 or send an email to investinfo@systemax.com.  Your 
letter  or  email  should  indicate  that  you  are  a  stockholder  of  the  Company.  Depending  on  the  subject  matter  of  your  inquiry, 
management  will  forward  the  communication  to  the  Director  or  Directors  to  whom  it  is  addressed;  attempt  to  handle  the  inquiry 
directly, as might be the case if you request information about the Company or it is a stockholder related matter; or not forward the 
communication  if  it  is  primarily  commercial  in  nature  or  if  it  relates  to  an  improper  or  irrelevant  topic.  At  each  Board  meeting,  a 
member of management presents a summary of all communications received since the last meeting that were not forwarded and makes 
those communications available to any requesting Director. 

Interested  parties,  including  non-shareholders  wishing  to  communicate  directly  with  the  Lead  Independent  Director  or  the  non-
management members of the Board as a group should address their inquires by mail sent to the attention of Robert D. Rosenthal, Lead 
Independent Director, at the Company’s principal executive office located at 11 Harbor Park Drive, Port Washington, NY 11050.  All 
communications will be promptly relayed to the appropriate recipient(s). 

Interested parties, including non-shareholders wishing to communicate directly with the Chairman of the Audit Committee or the 
Audit Committee as a group should address their inquires by mail to the attention of Stacy S. Dick, Audit Committee Chairman, at the 
Company’s  principal  executive  office  located  at  11  Harbor  Park  Drive,  Port  Washington,  NY  11050.  All  communications  will  be 
promptly relayed to the appropriate recipient(s).  

Director Attendance at Annual Meetings  

At last year’s annual meeting, held on June 12, 2009, three Directors attended the meeting, including the Chairman of the Board 
and the Lead Independent Director.  The Company does not have a policy with regards to Directors’ attendance at annual stockholder 
meetings. 

Board Meetings 

During  fiscal  year  2009,  the  Board  of  Directors  held  five  meetings,  the  Audit  Committee  held  six  meetings,  the  Compensation 
Committee  held  six  meetings,  the  Nominating/Corporate  Governance  Committee  held  four  meetings,  and  the  Executive  Committee 
held no meetings.  All of the Directors attended at least 75% of all of the meetings of the Board and the respective committees of the 
Board of which they were members. 

 Committees of the Board 

The Board of Directors has the following standing committees: 

Audit Committee 

The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board to assist the Board with oversight of (i) the integrity of the financial statements of 
the Company, (ii) the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (iii) the independence and qualifications of the 
Company’s external auditors, and (iv) the performance of the Company’s internal audit function and external auditors.  It is the Audit 
Committee’s responsibility to retain or terminate the Company’s independent registered public accountants, who audit the Company’s 
financial statements, and to prepare the Audit Committee report that the Securities and Exchange Commission requires to be included 
in  the  Company’s  Annual  Proxy  Statement.  (See  “Report  of  the  Audit  Committee”  below.)  As  part  of  its  activities,  the  Audit 
Committee meets with the Company’s independent registered public accountants at least annually to review the scope and results of the 
annual  audit  and  quarterly  to  discuss  the  review  of  the  quarterly  financial  results.  In  addition,  the  Audit  Committee  receives  and 
considers  the  independent  registered  public  accountants’  comments  and  recommendations  as  to  internal  controls,  accounting  staff, 
management  performance  and  auditing  procedures.  The  Audit  Committee  is  also  responsible  for  establishing  procedures  for  (i)  the 
receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing 
matters and (ii) the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding questionable accounting 
or auditing matters.   

In  addition,  the  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  reviewing,  and  discussing  with  management  and  reporting  to  the  Board 
regularly,  the  Company’s  risk  assessment  and  risk  management  processes.    While  it  is  the  job  of  senior  management  to  assess  and 
manage the Company’s exposure to risk under the oversight of the Board of Directors, the Audit Committee reviews and discusses with 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
management  the  Company’s  risk  management  process.    In  addition,  the  Audit  Committee  works  together  with  the  Compensation 
Committee regarding the Company’s compensation policies for all of the Company’s employees as the policies relate to the Company’s 
risk  management  goals  and  objectives.  The  Audit  Committee  also  discusses  with  management  the  Company’s  major  financial  risk 
exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures. 

The  Audit  Committee  Charter  was  last  amended  in  April  2010.  A  copy  of  the  Audit  Committee  Charter  is  available  on  the 

Company’s website, www.systemax.com. 

The  current  members  of  the  Audit  Committee  are  Stacy  S.  Dick  (chairman),  Robert  D.  Rosenthal  and  Marie  Adler-Kravecas.  
None of the current members or nominees of the Audit Committee are officers or employees of the Company.  The Committee meets 
regularly both with and without management participation.  As noted above, in the judgment of the Board, each of the members of the 
Audit  Committee  meets  the  standards  for  independence  required  by  the  rules  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  New 
York Stock Exchange.  In addition, the Board has determined that Mr. Dick and Mr. Rosenthal are “audit committee financial experts” 
as defined by regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

The Company does not have a standing policy on the maximum number of audit committees of other publicly owned companies 
on which the members of the Audit Committee may serve.  However, if a member of the Audit Committee simultaneously serves on 
the audit committee of more than two other publicly-owned companies, the Board must determine whether such simultaneous service 
would impair the ability of such member to effectively serve on the Audit Committee.  Any such determination will be disclosed in the 
Company’s annual proxy statement. 

Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee 

The  Nominating/Corporate  Governance  Committee’s  responsibilities  include,  among  other  things  (i)  identifying  individuals 
qualified to become Board members and recommending to the Board nominees to stand for election at any meeting of stockholders, (ii) 
identifying and recommending nominees to fill any vacancy, however created, in the Board, and (iii) developing and recommending to 
the Board a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance principles (including director qualification standards, 
responsibilities  and  compensation)  and  periodically  reviewing 
the 
Nominating/Corporate  Governance  Committee  are  Robert  D.  Rosenthal  (Chairman),  Stacy  S.  Dick  and  Marie  Adler-Kravecas.    In 
nominating candidates to become Board members, the Committee  shall take into consideration such  factors as it deems appropriate, 
including  the  experience,  skill,  integrity  and  background  of  the  candidates.  The  Committee  may  consider  candidates  proposed  by 
management  or  stockholders  but  is  not  required  to  do  so.  The  Committee  does  not  have  any  formal  policy  with  regard  to  the 
consideration of any Director candidates recommended by the security holders or any minimum qualifications or specific procedure for 
identifying  and  evaluating  nominees  for  Director  as  the  Board  does  not  believe  that  such  a  formalistic  approach  is  necessary  or 
appropriate at this time. 

the  code  and  principles.  The  current  members  of 

The  Nominating/Corporate  Governance  Committee  is  responsible  for  developing  and  recommending  to  the  Board  a  set  of  risk 
management  policies  and  procedures,  including  the  Company’s  compensation  policies  for  all  its  employees  as  they  relate  to  risk 
management, and to review these policies and procedures annually. 

The Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee, in seeking qualified Board members, does not have a policy regarding 
utilizing diversity, however defined, in its selection process.  The Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee looks for individuals 
who have very high integrity, significant business experience and a deep genuine interest in the Company.  We believe that each of the 
director nominees and other directors bring these qualifications to our Board of Directors.  Moreover, they provide our board with a 
diverse complement of specific business skills, experience and perspectives. 

The  Nominating/Corporate  Governance  Committee  Charter  was  last  amended  in  April  2010.    The  Nominating/Corporate 

Governance Committee Charter is available on the Company’s website (www.systemax.com). 

Stockholder Nominations for Director 

Stockholders  may  propose  candidates  for  Board  membership  by  writing  to  Systemax  Inc.,  Attention:  Nominating/Corporate 
Governance  Committee, 11  Harbor Park Drive, Port Washington, NY 11050 so that the nomination is received by  the  Company by 
February  14,  2011  to  be  considered  for  the  2011  annual  meeting.  Any  such  proposal  shall  contain  the  name,  Company  security 
holdings and contact information of the person making the nomination; the candidate's name, address and other contact information; 
any direct or indirect holdings of the Company's securities by the nominee; any information required to be disclosed about directors 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
under  applicable  securities  laws  and/or  stock  exchange  requirements;  information  regarding  related  party  transactions  with  the 
Company  and/or  the  stockholder  submitting  the  nomination;  any  actual  or  potential  conflicts  of  interest;  the  nominee's  biographical 
data,  current  public  and  private  company  affiliations,  employment  history  and  qualifications  and  status  as  "independent"  under 
applicable securities laws and stock exchange requirements.  Nominees proposed by stockholders will receive the same consideration 
as other nominees.   

Compensation Committee 

The Compensation Committee’s responsibility is to review and approve corporate goals relevant to the compensation of the Chief 
Executive Officer and, after an evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals, to set the compensation 
of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer.  The  Compensation  Committee  also  approves  (a)  the  annual  compensation  of  the  other  executive 
officers  of  the  Company,  (b)  the  annual  compensation  of  certain  subsidiary  managers,  and  (c)  all  individual  stock-based  incentive 
grants.  The  Committee  is  also  responsible  for  reviewing  and  making  periodic  recommendations  to  the  Board  with  respect  to  the 
general  compensation,  benefits  and  perquisite  policies  and  practices  of  the  Company  including  the  Company’s  incentive-based  and 
equity-based  compensation  plans.  The  Compensation  Committee  also  prepares  an  annual  report  on  executive  compensation  for 
inclusion in the annual proxy statement.  (See “Compensation Committee Report to Stockholders” below.) The current members of the 
Compensation Committee are Robert D. Rosenthal (Chairman), Stacy S. Dick and Marie Adler-Kravecas.   

In  addition,  it  is  the  Compensation  Committee’s  responsibility  to  consider,  and  work  together  with  the  Company’s  Audit 
Committee  regarding,  the  Company’s  compensation  policies  for  all  its  employees  in  the  context  of  how  such  policies  affect  and 
promote the Company’s risk management goals and objectives. 

The Compensation Committee Charter was last amended in April 2010.  The Compensation Committee Charter is available on the 

Company’s website (www.systemax.com). 

Executive Committee 

The  Executive  Committee  consists  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  any  Vice  Chairman  and  such  other  Directors  as  may  be 
named thereto by the Board.  The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Richard Leeds, Robert Leeds, Bruce Leeds 
and Robert D. Rosenthal, the Lead Independent Director. Among other duties as may be assigned by the Board from time to time, the 
Executive Committee is authorized to oversee the operations of the Company, supervise the executive officers of the Company, review 
and make recommendations to the Board regarding the strategic direction of the Company and review and make recommendations to 
the Board regarding all possible acquisitions or other significant business transactions.  The Executive Committee is also authorized to 
manage  the  affairs  of  the  Corporation  between  meetings  of  the  Board;  the  Committee  has  all  of  the  powers  of  the  Board  not 
inconsistent with any provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws or 
other resolutions adopted by the Board, but does not generally exercise such authority. 

Board Leadership Structure  

As noted above, our Board is currently comprised of three independent Directors and five employee Directors. Richard Leeds has 
served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since  April 1995.  Since May 2006 (in connection  with adopting  various corporate 
governance enhancements) our independent directors have designated one of the independent directors as Lead Independent Director. 
We believe that the current mix of employee directors and non-employee independent directors that make up our Board, along with the 
independent oversight of our Lead Independent Director, benefits the Company and its stockholders.  

The Board of Directors believes that Mr.  Leeds’s service  as both  Chairman of the Board and CEO is in the best interest of the 
Company  and  its  shareholders.  Mr.  Leeds  possesses  in-depth  knowledge  of  the  issues,  opportunities  and  challenges  facing  the 
Company and its businesses and is thus best positioned to develop agendas that ensure that the Board’s time and attention are focused 
on the matters that are most critical to the Company and its stockholders.  His combined role has produced decisive leadership, ensures 
clear  accountability,  and  enhances  the  Company’s  ability  to  communicate  its  message  and  strategy  clearly  and  consistently  to  the 
Company’s stockholders, employees, customers and suppliers, particularly during times of turbulent economic conditions. 

The Board believes that the independent directors provide effective oversight of management. Moreover, in addition to feedback 
provided  during  the  course  of  Board  meetings,  the  independent  directors  have  regular  executive  sessions.    Following  an  executive 
session of independent directors, the Lead Independent Director acts as a liaison between the independent directors and the Chairman 
regarding  any  specific  feedback  or  issues,  provides  the  Chairman  with  input  regarding  agenda  items  for  Board  and  Committee 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
meetings,  and  coordinates  with  the  Chairman  regarding  information  to  be  provided  to  the  independent  directors  in  performing  their 
duties. The Board believes that this approach appropriately and effectively complements the combined CEO/Chairman structure. 

We recognize that different board leadership structures may be appropriate for companies in different situations and believe that no 
one structure is suitable for all companies. We believe our current Board leadership structure is optimal for us because it demonstrates 
to our employees, suppliers, customers, and other stakeholders that the Company is under strong leadership, with a single person setting 
the tone and having primary responsibility for managing our operations. Having a single leader for both the Company and the Board 
eliminates  the  potential  for  confusion  or  duplication  of  efforts,  and  provides  clear  leadership  for  the  Company.  We  believe  the 
Company, like many U.S. companies, has been well-served by this leadership structure.  

Lead Independent Director 

The  independent  Directors  elect  one  independent  Director  to  serve  as  a  Lead  Independent  Director.  In  addition  to  presiding  at 
executive sessions of nonemployee Directors, the Lead Independent Director has the responsibility to coordinate the activities of the 
independent Directors, and to perform the following functions: (a) advise the Chairman of the Board as to an appropriate schedule of 
Board meetings, seeking to ensure that the independent Directors can perform their duties responsibly  while  not interfering  with the 
flow of the Company’s operations; (b) provide the Chairman with input as to the preparation of agendas for the Board and committee 
meetings;  (c) advise  the  Chairman  as  to  the  quality,  quantity,  and  timeliness  of  the  flow  of  information  from  the  Company’s 
management  that  is  necessary  for  the  independent  directors  to  effectively  and  responsibly  perform  their  duties,  and  although  the 
Company’s management is responsible for the preparation of materials for the Board, the Lead Independent Director may specifically 
request the inclusion of certain material; (d) recommend to the Chairman the retention of consultants who report directly to the Board; 
(e) assist the Board and the Company’s officers in assuring compliance with and implementation of the corporate governance policies; 
and be principally responsible for recommending revisions to the corporate governance policies; (f) coordinate and develop the agenda 
for, and moderate executive sessions of, the independent directors of  the Board, and act as principal liaison between the independent 
directors and the Chairman on sensitive issues; and (g) recommend to the Chairman the membership of the various Board committees. 

Our Board conducts an annual evaluation in order to determine whether it and its committees are functioning effectively. As part of 
this annual self-evaluation, the Board evaluates whether the current leadership structure continues to be optimal for the Company and 
its stockholders. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, as amended in April 2010, provide the flexibility for our Board to modify or 
continue our leadership structure in the future, as it deems appropriate.  

Risk Oversight   

Our Board as a whole is responsible for overseeing the Company’s risk management process. The Board focuses on the 

Company’s general risk management strategy, the most significant risks facing the Company, and seeks to ensure that appropriate risk 
mitigation strategies are implemented by management.  The Company has recently enhanced its risk management processes, and risk 
management will be a recurring Audit Committee and Board quarterly agenda item, and is considered part of strategic planning.  The 
Board is also apprised of particular risk management matters in connection with its general oversight and approval of corporate matters 
and receives information relating to material Company risk from management and from the Company’s Legal, Risk 
Management/Insurance and Internal Audit Departments. 

The Board has delegated to each of its committees oversight of certain aspects of the Company’s risk management process.  

Among its duties, the Audit Committee reviews with management (a) Company processes with respect to risk assessment and 
management of risks that may be material to the Company, (b) the Company’s system of disclosure controls and system of internal 
controls over financial reporting, and (c) the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.  The Compensation 
Committee is responsible for considering and working together with the Audit Committee regarding the Company’s compensation 
policies for all its employees in the context of how such policies affect and promote the Company’s risk management goals and 
objectives. The Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for developing and recommending to the Board a set of 
risk management policies and procedures, including the Company’s compensation policies for all its employees as they relate to risk 
management, and to review these policies and procedures annually. All committees report to the full Board as appropriate, including 
when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise level risk.   

The Company’s senior management is responsible for day-to-day risk management. Our Internal Audit Department serves as the 
primary monitoring and testing function for company-wide policies and procedures, and manages the day-to-day oversight of the risk 
management strategy for the ongoing business of the Company. This oversight includes identifying, evaluating, and addressing 
potential risks that may exist at the enterprise, strategic, financial, operational, compliance and reporting levels.  The Internal Auditor 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
will report directly to our Chief Financial Officer and Audit Committee quarterly, and the Audit Committee will consider risk 
management issues as part of its quarterly agenda.  

We believe the division of risk management responsibilities described above is an effective approach for addressing the risks 

facing the Company and that our Board leadership structure supports this approach. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE* 

The Audit Committee of the Board operates under its charter, which was originally adopted by the Board in 2000 and revised in 
February 2003, August 2006, February 2009 and April 2010.  Management is responsible for the Company’s internal accounting and 
financial  controls,  the  financial  reporting  process,  the  internal  audit  function  and  compliance  with  the  Company’s  policies  and  legal 
requirements.  The Company’s independent registered public accountants are responsible for performing an independent audit of the 
Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States) and for issuance of a report thereon; they also perform limited reviews of the Company’s unaudited quarterly financial 
statements. 

The  Audit  Committee’s  responsibility  is  to  engage  the  independent  registered  public  accountants,  monitor  and  oversee  these 
accounting, financial and audit processes and report its findings to the full Board.  It also investigates matters related to the Company’s 
financial statements and controls as it deems appropriate.  In the performance of these oversight functions, the members of the Audit 
Committee  rely  upon  the  information,  opinions,  reports  and  statements  presented  to  them  by  Company  management  and  by  the 
independent registered public accountants, as well as by other experts that the Committee hires. 

The Committee reviewed and discussed the audited consolidated financial statements of the  Company  for fiscal  year  2009 with 
management, who represented that the Company’s consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2009 were prepared in accordance with 
U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  It  discussed  with  Ernst  &  Young  LLP,  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public 
accountants  for  fiscal  2009,  those  matters  required  to  be  reviewed  pursuant  to  Statement  of  Accounting  Standards  No.  61 
(“Communication  with  Audit  Committees”),  as  amended  by  Statement  of  Accounting  Standards  No.  90  (Audit  Committee 
Communications).  The Committee has received from Ernst & Young LLP written independence disclosures and the letter required by 
Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1 (“Independence Discussions with Audit Committees”) and had a discussion with Ernst 
& Young LLP regarding their independence. 

Based on the review of the representations of management, the discussions with management and the independent registered public 
accountants and the review of the Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, to the Committee, 
the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that the financial statements of the Company for fiscal year 2009 as audited by Ernst 
& Young LLP be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

AUDIT COMMITTEE 

Stacy S. Dick (Chairman) 
Robert D. Rosenthal  
Marie Adler-Kravecas 

_____________________________ 

* 

The information contained in this Audit Committee Report shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the 
SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which 
we refer to as the Securities Act, or under the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate this information 
by reference into any such filing. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

There are no arrangements or understandings between any officer and any other person pursuant to which such person was 

selected as an officer.   

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the executive officers of the Company as of April 22, 2010. 

Name 

Richard Leeds 

Bruce Leeds 

Robert Leeds 

Gilbert Fiorentino 

Lawrence Reinhold 

Thomas Axmacher 

Curt Rush 

Benjamin White 

Age 

Office 

50 

54 

54 

50 

50 

51 

56 

41 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; Director 

Vice Chairman; Director 

Vice Chairman; Director 

Chief Executive of the Company’s Technology Products Group; Director 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Director 

Vice President and Controller 

General Counsel and Secretary 

Vice President and Internal Auditor 

For biographical information about Richard Leeds, Bruce Leeds, Robert Leeds, Gilbert Fiorentino and Lawrence Reinhold, see pages 
8-9 of this Proxy Statement. 

Thomas  Axmacher  was appointed Vice President and Controller of the Company effective October 2, 2006.  He was previously 
Chief Financial Officer of Curative Health Services, Inc., a publicly traded health care company.  He held that position from 2001 to 
2006.  From 1991 to 2001 Mr. Axmacher served as Vice President and Controller of that company.  From 1986 to 1991 Mr. Axmacher 
served  as  Vice  President  and  Controller  of  Tempo  Instrument  Group,  an  electronics  manufacturer.  Mr.  Axmacher  received  his  B.S. 
degree in Accounting in 1982 from Albany University and his M.B.A. in 1992 from Long Island University. 

Curt  Rush  has  been  General  Counsel  and  Secretary  of  the  Company  since  1996.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Rush  was 
employed from 1993 to 1996 as Corporate Counsel to Globe Communications Corp. and from 1990 to 1993 as Corporate Counsel to 
the Image Bank, Inc.  Prior to that,  he  was a corporate attorney  with  the  law  firms of  Shereff,  Friedman, Hoffman  & Goodman and 
Schnader, Harrison, Segal & Lewis.  Mr. Rush graduated from Hunter College in 1981 with a B.A. degree in Philosophy and graduated 
with honors from Brooklyn Law School in 1984 where he was Second Circuit Review Editor of the Law Review.  He was admitted to 
the Bar of the State of New York in 1985. 

Benjamin White was appointed Vice President and Internal Auditor on November 16, 2009.  He joined the Company in 2007 from 
Black & Decker, where he  was Director of Internal Controls and Compliance.  Prior to that, he  was a Senior Manager in the public 
accounting firm of Ernst & Young.  Mr. White has over 15 years of internal and external audit experience. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL 
OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 

The following table provides certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Shares as of April 22, 2010, by (i) each 
of  the  Directors,  (ii)  each  of  the  named  executive  officers  listed  in  the  summary  compensation  table,  (iii) all  current  Directors  and 
officers  as  a  group  and  (iv) each  person  known  to  the  Company  to  be  the  beneficial  owner  of  more  than  5%  of  any  class  of  the 
Company’s voting securities. 

As used in this table “beneficial ownership” means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting or to dispose or direct the 
disposition of any security.  A person is deemed as of any date to have “beneficial ownership” of any security that such person owns or 
has a right to acquire within 60 days after such date.  Any security that any person named above has the right to acquire within 60 days 
is deemed to be outstanding for purposes of calculating the ownership percentage of such person, but is not deemed to be outstanding 
for  purposes  of  calculating  the  ownership  percentage  of  any  other  person.  Unless  otherwise  stated,  each  person  owns  the  reported 
shares directly and has the sole right to vote and determine whether to dispose of such shares. 

A total of 36,667,264 Shares were outstanding as of April 22, 2010. 

Directors and Executive Officers 
Richard Leeds (1) 
Bruce Leeds (2) 
Robert Leeds (3) 
Gilbert Fiorentino (4) 
Lawrence Reinhold (5) 
Robert D. Rosenthal (6) 
Stacy Dick(7)  
Marie Adler-Kravecas(8) 

Amount and 
Nature of 
Beneficial 
Ownership 
(a) 
12,702,100         
9,200,935         
9,948,721         
846,669         
106,000      
52,238         
25,238      
7,010       

Percent of 
Class 

34.6 % 
25.1 % 
27.1 % 
2.3 % 
*  
*   
*  
*   

All  current  Directors  and  executive  officers  of  the  Company  (11 
persons) 

25,902,431          

69.3 % 

Other Beneficial Owners of 5% or More of the Company’s 
Voting Stock 
Thomas W. Smith(9) 

2,579,561      

7 % 

(a) 

Amounts listed in this column may include shares held in partnerships or trusts that are counted in more than one individual’s 
total. 

* 

less than 1% 

 (1)   Includes  1,136,666  shares  owned  by  Mr.  Leeds  directly,  1,297,845  shares  owned  by  the  Richard  Leeds  2008  GRAT  and 
3,335,306 shares owned by the Richard Leeds 2007 GRAT.  Also includes 1,838,583 shares owned by a limited partnership of 
which Richard Leeds is the general partner, 235,850 shares owned by a limited partnership of which a limited liability company 
controlled  by  Mr.  Leeds  is  the  general  partner,  4,338,050  shares  owned  by  trusts  for  the  benefit  of  his  brothers’  children  for 
which  Richard  Leeds  acts  as  co-trustee  and  519,800  shares  owned  by  a  limited  partnership  in  which  Richard  Leeds  has  an 
indirect  pecuniary  interest.  Mr.  Leeds’  mailing  address  is  Richard  Leeds,  c/o  Systemax  Inc.,  11  Harbor  Park  Drive,  Port 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
     
  
     
          
    
  
  
          
    
  
 
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
 
  
  
  
Washington, NY 11050. 

(2)   Includes 2,137,166 shares owned by Mr. Leeds directly, 922,515 shares owned by the Bruce Leeds 2008 GRAT and 1,997,020 
shares owned by the Bruce Leeds 2009 GRAT.  Also includes 3,624,434 shares owned by trusts for the benefit of his brothers’ 
children for which Bruce Leeds acts as co-trustee and 519,800 shares owned by a limited partnership in which Bruce Leeds has 
an  indirect  pecuniary  interest.  Mr.  Leeds’  mailing  address  is  Bruce  Leeds,  c/o  Systemax  Inc.,  11  Harbor  Park  Drive,  Port 
Washington, NY 11050. 

(3)   Includes 137,168 shares owned by Mr. Leeds directly, 1,623,651 shares owned by the Robert Leeds 2008 GRAT and 3,669,826 
shares owned by the Robert Leeds 2007 GRAT.  Also includes 4,048,276 shares owned by trusts for the benefit of his brothers’ 
children for which Robert Leeds acts as co-trustee and 519,800 shares owned by a limited partnership in which Robert Leeds has 
an  indirect  pecuniary  interest.  Mr.  Leeds’  mailing  address  is  Robert  Leeds,  c/o  Systemax  Inc.,  11  Harbor  Park  Drive,  Port 
Washington, NY 11050. 

(4)   Includes options to acquire a total of  546,669 shares that are exercisable immediately pursuant to the Company’s 1999 Long-

Term Stock Incentive Plan 

(5)   Includes options to acquire a total of 100,000 shares that are currently exercisable pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 1999 

Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.   

(6)   Includes options to acquire a total of 11,000 shares that are exercisable immediately pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 1995 

Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors. 

 (7)   Includes options to acquire a total of 18,500 shares that are exercisable immediately pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 1995 

Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors 

(8)   Includes options to acquire a total of 5,000 shares that are exercisable immediately pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 2006 

Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employee Directors. 

(9)   Based on information supplied by Thomas W. Smith, Scott J. Vassalluzzo, and Stephen M. Fischer in a  Schedule 13G filed with 
the SEC on February 16, 2010. The address of each of these individuals is 323 Railroad Avenue, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830. 
Messrs.  Smith,  Vassalluzzo  and  Fischer  have  the  shared  power  to  vote  or  dispose  or  to  direct  the  vote  or  the  disposal  of 
2,158,861, 2,158,861 and 2,082,861 shares, respectively.  In addition, Mr. Smith has the sole power to vote or to direct the vote 
of  407,000  shares  and  the  sole  power  to  dispose  or  to  direct  the  disposition  of  420,700  shares,  Mr.  Vassalluzzo  has  the  sole 
power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 100,000 shares and Mr. Fischer has the sole power to vote or to direct the vote of 
and to dispose or to direct the disposition of 1,000 shares.   

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s executive officers and Directors and persons who own more than 
ten  percent  of  a  registered  class  of  the  Company’s  equity  securities  to  file  reports  of  ownership  and  changes  in  ownership  with  the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  Executive  officers,  Directors  and  ten-percent  stockholders  are  required  by  SEC  regulation  to 
furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.  Based solely on its review of the copies of Section 16(a) forms 
received by it, or written representations from certain reporting persons, the Company believes its executive officers, Directors and ten-
percent stockholders complied  with all such  filing requirements  for fiscal  year 2009, except for the inadvertent  failure to timely file 
Form  4’s  on  behalf  of  certain  executive  officers  and/or  directors  as  follows:  a  Form  4  filed  on  April  13,  2009  on  behalf  of  Gilbert 
Fiorentino concerning two transactions; a Form 4 filed on June 24, 2009 on behalf of Robert D. Rosenthal concerning two transactions; 
a Form 4 filed on June 24, 2009 on behalf of Stacy Dick concerning one transaction on; a Form 4 filed on August 19, 2009 on behalf of 
Thomas  Axmacher  concerning  one  transaction;  and  a  Form  4  filed  on  August  19,  2009  on  behalf  of  Curt  Rush  concerning  one 
transaction.  All the late filings were effected within 14 days of the required filing date. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS 

Under the Company’s Corporate Ethics Policy, all officers, Directors and employees (collectively the “Company Representatives”) 
are required to avoid conflicts of interest, appearances of conflicts of interest and potential conflicts of interest.  A “conflict of interest” 
occurs when a Company Representative’s private interest interferes in any way with the interests of the Company.  A conflict can arise 
when  a  Company  Representative  takes  actions  or  has  interests  that  may  make  it  difficult  to  perform  his  or  her  Company  work 
objectively and effectively.  Conflicts of interest also arise when a Company Representative, or a member of his or her family, receives 
improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company.  Company Representatives cannot allow any consideration 
such as the receipt of gifts or financial interests in other businesses or personal or family relationships to interfere with the independent 
exercise of his or her business judgment and work activities to the benefit of the Company.  Loans to, or guarantees of obligations of, 
Company  Representatives  are  prohibited  unless  permitted  by  law  and  authorized  by  the  Board  or  a  Committee  designated  by  the 
Board.  If  a  Company  Representative  becomes  aware  of  a  potential  conflict  of  interest  he  or  she  must  communicate  such  potential 
conflict of interest to the Company. 

The  Company’s  written  corporate  approval  policy  requires  transactions  with  related  persons,  including  but  not  limited  to 
leases with related persons and sales or purchases of Company assets by related persons, to be reviewed and approved or ratified by the 
Company’s Audit Committee as well as by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel.  In 
this regard, all such transactions are first discussed with the Chief Financial Officer and are submitted to the General Counsel’s office, 
including for an initial determination of whether such further related person transaction review is required.  The Company utilizes the 
definition  of  related  persons  under  applicable  SEC  rules,  defined  as  any  executive  officer,  director  or  nominee  for  director  of  the 
Company, any beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, or any immediate family 
member of any such person.  In reviewing these transactions, the Company strives to assure that the terms of any agreement between 
the  Company  and  a  related  party  is  at  arm’s  length,  fair  and  at  least  as  beneficial  to  the  Company  as  could  be  obtained  from  third 
parties.  The Audit Committee, in its discretion, may consult with third party appraisers, valuation advisors or brokers to make such 
determination. 

Leases 

The Company has leased its facility in Port Washington, NY since 1988 from an entity owned by Richard Leeds, Bruce Leeds and 
Robert  Leeds,  Directors  of  the  Company.    Rent  expense  under  this  lease  totaled  approximately  $866,000  for  fiscal  year  2009.  The 
Company believes that these payments were no higher than would be paid to an unrelated lessor for comparable space.  

 Stockholders Agreement  

Certain members of the Leeds family (including Richard Leeds, Bruce Leeds and Robert Leeds) and family trusts of Messrs. Leeds 
entered into a stockholders agreement pursuant to which the parties agreed to vote in favor of the nominees for the Board designated by 
the holders of a majority of the Shares held by such stockholders at the time of the Company’s initial public offering of the Shares.  In 
addition, the agreement prohibits the sale of the Shares without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Shares held by all parties 
to  the  agreement,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  including  sales  pursuant  to  an  effective  registration  statement  and  sales  made  in 
accordance with Rule 144.  The agreement also grants certain drag-along rights in the event of the sale of all or a portion of the Shares 
held by holders of a majority of the Shares.  As of the end of fiscal year 2009, the parties to the stockholders agreement beneficially 
owned 25,296,800 Shares subject to such agreement (constituting approximately 69% of the Shares outstanding). 

Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, the Company granted to the parties demand and incidental, or “piggy-back,” registration 
rights  with respect to the Shares.  The demand registration  rights  generally provide that the  holders of a  majority of the Shares  may 
require, subject to certain restrictions regarding timing and number of Shares that the Company register under the Securities Act all or 
part  of  the  Shares  held  by  such  stockholders.  Pursuant  to  the  incidental  registration  rights,  the  Company  is  required  to  notify  such 
stockholders of any proposed registration of any Shares under the Securities Act and if requested by any such stockholder to include in 
such registration any number of shares of Shares held by it subject to certain restrictions.  The Company has agreed to pay all expenses 
and indemnify any selling stockholders against certain liabilities, including under the Securities Act, in connection with the registration 
of Shares pursuant to such agreement. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Information for our equity compensation plans in effect as of the end of fiscal year 2009 is as follows:  

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION 

Plan categ
ory 

Equity compensation plans approved by 

security holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

Equity compensation plans not approved 

by security holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

(a) 

(b) 

Number of securities
 to 
be issued upon exerc
ise 
of outstanding optio
ns, 
warrants and rights 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding option
s, 
warrants and righ
ts 

(c) 

  Number of securities 

remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column (a)) 

  2,102,459  

  $9.87   

7,312,252  

— 
  2,102,459  

— 
  $9.87   

— 
  7,312,252  

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis 

In  this  section,  we  discuss  the  material  elements  of  our  compensation  programs  and  policies,  including  the  objectives  of  our 
compensation programs and the reasons why we pay each element of our executives’ compensation.  Following this discussion, you 
will find a series of tables containing more specific details about the compensation earned by, or awarded to, the following individuals, 
whom we refer to as the Named Executive Officers or NEOs.  This discussion focuses on compensation practices relating to the NEO’s 
for our 2009 fiscal year. 

Our NEO’s in 2009 (based on total 2009 compensation earned) were as follows: 

Richard Leeds 
Bruce Leeds 
Robert Leeds 
Gilbert Fiorentino 
Lawrence Reinhold 

Chairman; Chief Executive Officer 
Vice Chairman 
Vice Chairman 
Chief Executive - Technology Products Group 
Executive Vice President; Chief Financial Officer 

Central Objectives and Philosophy of Our Executive Compensation Programs 

The Company’s executive compensation programs are designed to achieve a number of important objectives, including attracting 
and  retaining  individuals  of  superior  ability  and  managerial  talent,  rewarding  individual  contributions  to  the  achievement  of  the 
Company’s short and long-term financial and business objectives, promoting integrity and good corporate governance, and motivating 
our executive officers to manage the Company in a manner that will enhance its growth and financial performance for the benefit of our 
stockholders,  customers  and  employees.    Accordingly,  in  determining  the  amount  and  mix  of  compensation,  the  Compensation 
Committee seeks both to provide a competitive compensation package and to structure annual and long-term incentive programs that 
reward achievement of performance goals that directly correlate to the enhancement of sustained, long-term shareholder value, as well 
as to promote executive retention.  

Our Compensation Committee seeks to design compensation programs with features that mitigate risk without diminishing the 
incentive nature of the compensation.  The Company’s variable pay programs are designed to reward outstanding individual and team 
performance while mitigating risk taking behavior that might affect financial results.  We believe our programs encourage and reward 
prudent business judgment and appropriate risk-taking over the long term.  We believe the following factors are effective in mitigating 
risk relating to our compensation programs: 

•  Multiple Performance factors:  We use multiple performance factors that encourage executives to focus on the overall health 

of the business rather than a single financial measure.   

•  Award Cap.  Our 2009 NEO Cash Bonus Plan and our 2010 NEO Cash Bonus Plan (both discussed below) cap the maximum 

award payable to any individual. 

•  Clawback Provision.  The Company’s 2010  NEO Cash Bonus Plan provides the Company the ability to recapture all or a 

portion of cash awards (i) from our executive officers to the extent a bonus resulted from reported financial results that upon 
restatement of such results (other than as a result of changes in accounting principles) would not have generated the bonus or 
would have generated a lower bonus or (ii)from an executive officer if the Board learns of any misconduct by the executive 
officer that contributed to the Company having to restate all or a portion of its financial statements.  In addition, the Board 
may recapture cash bonus awards from an executive if the Board determines that the executive engaged in serious ethical 
misconduct. 

•  Management  Processes.    Board  and  management  processes  are  in  place  to  oversee  risk  associated  with  the  Company’s 
operations.  Our Board as a whole is responsible for overseeing the Company’s risk management process. The Board focuses 
on the Company’s general risk management strategy, the most significant risks facing the Company, and seeks to ensure that 
appropriate  risk  mitigation  strategies  are  implemented  by  management.    The  Company  has  recently  enhanced  its  risk 
management processes, and risk management will be a recurring Audit Committee and Board quarterly agenda item, and is 
considered part of strategic planning.  The Board is also apprised of particular risk management matters in connection with its 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
general oversight and approval of corporate matters and receives information relating to material risks affecting the Company 
from management and from our Legal, Risk Management/Insurance and Internal Audit departments. 

•  Long Term Equity Compensation.  A number of factors mitigate risks inherent in long-term equity compensation, specifically 
the vesting period for stock options and restricted stock unit grants, which we believe causes our executives to focus on long 
term achievements and on building stockholder value. 

We believe that our compensation policies for employees generally throughout our organization are not reasonably likely to have a 
material adverse effect on our company.   From time to time a limited number of key  managers are eligible  to receive stock options 
and/or  restricted  stock  units  in  varying  amounts  based  on  the  judgment  of  the  Compensation  Committee.    However,  all  awards  are 
subject to years long vesting periods.    

Elements of Our Executive Compensation Programs 

To promote the objectives described above, our executive compensation programs consist of the following principal elements: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Base salary; 

 Incentive cash compensation, i.e. bonuses; 

 Stock–based incentives and 

 Benefits, perquisites and other compensation. 

The  Committee  does  not  maintain  formal  policies  for  specifically  allocating  compensation  among  current  and  long-term 
compensation or among cash and non-cash compensation elements.  Instead, the Committee maintains flexibility and adjusts different 
elements of compensation based upon its evaluation of the Company’s key compensation goals set forth above.  The Company does not 
have a formal policy regarding internal pay equity. 

Base  Salary  -  Salary  levels  are  subjectively  determined  based  on  individual  and  Company  performance  as  well  as  an  objective 
assessment  of  prevailing  salary  levels  for  comparable  companies,  derived  from  widely  available  published  reports  of  the  average  of 
prevailing salary levels for comparable companies (based on industry, revenues, number of employees, location and similar factors) in 
the  Company’s  geographic  region.    Such  reports  do  not  identify  the  component  companies.    Each  of  Mr.  Reinhold’s  and  Mr. 
Fiorentino’s minimum salary is set pursuant to his respective employment agreement. 

Cash Bonuses -  Incentive cash compensation of the Company’s NEO’s under the Systemax Executive Incentive Plan described 

below is based primarily upon an evaluation of Company performance as it relates to three general business areas: 

• 

• 

• 

 Operational and Financial Performance (utilizing standard metrics such as net sales, operating income, consolidated 
net income, earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”), gross margin, operating margin, earnings per share, working 
capital, return on invested capital, stockholder equity and peer group comparisons); 

 Strategic  Accomplishments  (including  growth  in  the  business,  implementation  of  systems,  process  and  technology 
improvements,  and  growth  in  the  value  of  the  Company’s  assets,  including  through  strategic  acquisition 
transactions); and 

 Corporate  Governance  and  Oversight  (encompassing  legal  and  regulatory  compliance  and  adherence  to  Company 
policies  including  the  timely  filing  of  periodic  reports  with  the  SEC,  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  environmental, 
employment and safety laws and regulations and the Company’s corporate ethics policy). 

In determining the compensation of a particular executive, consideration is given to the specific corporate responsibilities that such 

executive is charged with as they relate to the foregoing business areas. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
Historically,  different  approaches  were  used  to  pay  cash  bonus  compensation,  as  described  below.    The  Company  has  recently 
moved towards a more uniform and target driven incentive compensation structure for its executives; see the discussion below of our 
2009 NEO Cash Bonus Plan and our 2010 NEO Cash Bonus Plan. 

Stock-Based Incentives - Stock-based incentives, at the present time consisting of (a) stock options granted at 100% of the stock’s 

fair market value on the grant date (based on the NYSE closing price of the Company’s common stock on that date) and/or (b) 
restricted stock units granted subject to certain conditions, constitute the long-term portion of the Company’s executive compensation 
package.  Stock based compensation provides an incentive for executives to manage the Company with a view to achieving results 
which would increase the Company’s stock price over the long term and, therefore, the return to the Company’s stockholders.   Stock 
option, restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants must be approved by the Compensation Committee; however, the Compensation 
Committee is permitted to delegate this authority to officers of the Company regarding awards to employees who are not officers or 
directors of the Company and who are not, and are not expected to become, “covered employees” under Section 162(m) of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  We do not use any specific allocation percentage or formula in determining the size 
of the cash and equity based components of compensation in relation to each other. 

The Compensation Committee is cognizant of the timing of the grant of stock based compensation in relation to the publication of 
Company earnings releases and other public announcements.  Stock based compensation grants will not be made, generally, until after 
the  Company  has  disclosed,  and  the  market  has  had  an  opportunity  to  react  to,  material,  potentially  market-moving,  information 
concerning the Company. 

Richard Leeds, Bruce Leeds and Robert Leeds have not historically received stock options or other stock-based incentives as part 
of their compensation since the Company’s initial public offering, and did not receive any such compensation in 2007, 2008 or 2009.  
As described below, Gilbert Fiorentino  has received stock-based compensation in the  past; however, he did not receive  new equity 
compensation grants in 2007, 2008 or 2009. 

Benefits,  Perquisites  and  Other  Compensation  -  The  Company  provides  various  employee  benefit  programs  to  its  employees, 
including NEO’s.  These benefits include  medical, dental,  life and disability insurance benefits and our 401(k) plan,  which includes 
Company  contributions.  The  Company  also  provides  Company-owned  or  leased  cars  or  automobile  allowances  and  related 
reimbursements  to  certain  NEO’s  and  certain  other  Company  managers  which  are  not  provided  to  all  employees.  Certain  Company 
executives  also  have  or  are  entitled  to  receive  severance  payments,  and/or  change  of  control  payments  pursuant  to  negotiated 
employment  agreements  they  have  with  the  Company  (see  below).  The  Company  does  not  provide  to  executive  officers  any (a) 
pension benefits or (b) deferred compensation under any defined contribution or other plan on a basis that is not tax-qualified. 

Tax Deductibility Considerations.  It is our policy  generally to qualify compensation paid to executive officers  for deductibility 
under section 162(m) of the Code.  Section 162(m) generally prohibits deducting the compensation of executive officers that exceeds 
$1,000,000 unless that compensation is based on the satisfaction of objective performance goals.  Our long term incentive plans (the 
1995 Long-term  Stock Incentive Plan, the 1999 Long-term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, the 1995 Stock Option  Plan for Non-
Employee Directors, the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employee Directors, and the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, if approved 
by stockholders at the annual meeting) and the Systemax Executive Incentive Plan are structured to permit awards under such plans to 
qualify as performance-based compensation and to maximize the tax deductibility of such awards.  However, we reserve the discretion 
to pay compensation to our executive officers that may not be deductible. 

Role of the Compensation Committee and CEO in Compensation Decisions 

The Compensation Committee’s responsibility is to review and approve corporate goals relevant to the compensation of the Chief 
Executive Officer and, after an evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals, to set the compensation 
of the Chief Executive Officer.  The Compensation Committee also approves, upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer 
(following  consultation  with  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Chief  Executive  of  the  Technology  Products  Group),  (a)  the  annual 
compensation of the other executive officers of the Company, (b) the annual compensation of certain subsidiary managers, and (c) all 
individual  stock  incentive  grants  to  other  executive  officers.  The  Compensation  Committee  is  also  responsible  for  reviewing  and 
making periodic recommendations to the Board with respect to the general compensation, benefits and perquisite policies and practices 
of the Company, including the Company’s stock-incentive based compensation plans.  The Compensation Committee has the authority 
to retain third party compensation consultants to provide assistance with respect to compensation strategies, market practices, market 
research data and the Company’s compensation goals.   

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Systemax Executive Incentive Plan 

The  Systemax  Executive  Incentive  Plan  was  approved  by  the  Company’s  stockholders  at  the  Company’s  annual  stockholder 
meeting  in  2008,  and  was  first  implemented  in  2009.    Under  the  plan,  executive  officers  of  the  Company  are  eligible  to  receive  an 
annual  cash  bonus,  based  on  the  Company’s  achievement  of  certain  performance-based  goals  established  by  the  Compensation 
Committee relating to Operational and Financial Performance, Strategic Accomplishments and Corporate Governance and Oversight.  
The  amount  of  any  annual  award  will  vary  based  on  performance,  and  is  determined  for  each  participant  as  a  multiple  of  the 
participant’s  base  salary  for  that  year  relating  to  achieving  one  or  more  performance  goals,  up  to  an  annual  aggregate  bonus  per 
participant of $5 million.  In the event that an award contains more than one performance goal, participants in the plan will be entitled 
to  receive  the  portion  of  the  target  percentage  allocated  to  the  performance  goal  achieved.    In  the  event  that  the  Company  does  not 
achieve at least the minimum performance goals established, no award payment will be made.   

Each year, our Compensation Committee adopts an incentive plan for our NEO’s implementing the Systemax Executive Incentive 
Plan.  The performance goals may be based on the overall performance of the Company, and also may recognize business unit, team 
and/or individual performance.  The Compensation Committee has the discretion to reduce the amount payable to, or to determine that 
no  amount  will  be  paid  to,  a  participant.    See  the  discussion  below  of  our  2009  NEO  Cash  Bonus  Plan  (implemented  under  the 
Systemax Executive Incentive Plan)  and our 2010 NEO Cash Bonus Plan (being implemented under our 2010 Long Term Incentive 
Plan, subject to shareholder approval. 

Pursuant to SEC rules, the Company is not disclosing the specific performance targets and actual performance measures for the 
goals used in its 2009 Bonus Plan and 2010 Bonus Plan because they represent confidential financial information that the Company 
does not disclose to the public, and the Company believes that disclosure of this information would cause us competitive harm. The 
Company believes that these performance goals were reasonably challenging to achieve.  Targets are set such that only exceptional 
performance will result in payouts above the target incentive and poor performance will result in no incentive payment.  We set the 
target  performance  goals  at  a  level  for  which  there  is  a  reasonable  chance  of  achievement  based  upon  forecasted  performance.  
Scenarios were developed based upon a range of assumptions used to build our annual budget.  We did not perform specific analysis 
on the probability of the achievement of the target performance goals given that the market is difficult to predict.  Rather, we relied 
upon our experience in setting the goals guided by our objective of setting a reasonably attainable and motivationally meaningful goal. 

2009 NEO Cash Bonus Plan 

In  March  2009,  pursuant  to  the  Systemax  Executive  Incentive  Plan,  our  Compensation  Committee,  with  input  from  our  Chief 
Executive  Officer,  established  our  2009  NEO  Cash  Bonus  Plan  (the  “2009  Bonus  Plan”)  providing  for  target  cash  bonuses  for  the 
NEO’s  based  on  the  achievement  of  certain  performance-based  criteria  in  2009.    The  2009  Bonus  Plan  implements  for  2009  the 
Executive Incentive Plan approved by stockholders in March 2008 and pertains specifically to the payment of non-equity compensation 
to NEO’s for 2009.   

Awards  for  Messrs.  Richard,  Robert,  and  Bruce  Leeds  and  Mr.  Reinhold  under  the  2009  Bonus  Plan  had  the  following 
components: 70% for short-term financial accomplishments (tied 60% to Company consolidated earnings performance and 10% to peer 
group financial comparisons) and 30% for long-term strategic accomplishments (tied 20% to strategic goals, such as acquisitions and 
process improvements, and 10% to governance and compliance matters).  Those percentages reflect the desire to reward executives for 
maximizing  revenue  while  controlling  costs  in  a  difficult  economic  environment,  while  recognizing  that  a  number  of  strategic 
initiatives  must  be  accomplished  during  2009  to  properly  position  the  company  for  2010  and  beyond.    The  applicable  base  salary 
multiples for calculating base cash bonus awards was 2 times annual salary for each of Messrs. Richard, Bruce and Robert Leeds and 1 
times annual salary for Mr. Reinhold.  In addition, each of these executive officers would receive a special bonus equal to 50% of their 
respective  base  target  bonus  amount  for  successful  implementation  of  certain  management  financial  reporting  technology 
enhancements in 2009.   

Achievement of the consolidated earnings , peer group and strategic goals was measured on a variable basis depending on the level 
of accomplishment.  Achievement of the governance and compliance and special financial reporting technology goals was measured on 
the basis of whether or not the goals were effected in 2009.   

For  each  of  Messrs.  Richard,  Bruce,  and  Robert  Leeds  and  Mr.  Reinhold  a  specific  target  bonus  payment  (base  case)  was 
established for the consolidated earnings goal as follows: reduced bonuses are payable on a pro rata basis starting at achievement in 
excess of 70% of the financial target amount up to 100% of the financial target amount; 70% achievement of the financial target would 
guarantee  a  bonus  of  50%  of  the  target  bonus  amount  for  this  component;  and  no  bonus  is  payable  in  respect  of  this  component  if 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
achievement  is  70%  or  less  of  the  financial  target.    Increased  bonuses  (up  to  400%  of  target  bonus  amount  for  this  component)  are 
payable on a pro rata basis for achieving a financial goal amount in excess of the financial target amount, up to 150% of the financial 
target amount. 

In this regard, for each of Messrs. Richard, Robert and Bruce Leeds and Mr. Reinhold, the Compensation Committee set short term 
financial  targets  based  on  comparing  the  Company’s  performance  in  achieving  organic  sales  growth,  operating  margin  growth  and 
return  on  invested  capital  growth  to  the  performance  of  a  peer  group  comprised  of  the  following  public  companies,  including 
competitors of the Company, based on publicly available information: Insight Enterprises Inc., PC Connection Inc., PC Mall Inc., Best 
Buy Co., Inc., Amazon.com, Inc., hhgregg, MSC Industrial Direct Co., Inc. and W.W. Grainger, Inc. These companies were selected 
because they have one or more of the following attributes:  business operations in the industries and markets in which the Company 
participates, similar revenue and market capitalization, global scope of operations and/or diversified product lines.  Bonuses in respect 
of  the  peer  group  companies  were  set  on  a  variable  basis  ranging  from  50%  of  the  targeted  bonus  for  this  component  (for 
underperforming the peer  group) to  up to 200% of the targeted bonus for this component (for significantly overperforming the peer 
group).  However, the Company does not utilize benchmarking to establish bonus payment amounts for the Company’s NEO’s.   

The award for Mr. Fiorentino under the 2009 Bonus Plan was based on (i) the Company’s Technology Products Group achieving 
certain  earnings  targets;  (ii)  the  Company  successfully  implementing  technology  enhancements  in  certain  retail  stores;  and  (iii)  the 
successful  implementation  of  certain  management  financial  reporting  technology  enhancements  in  2009.    The  portion  of  the  bonus 
attributable to the earnings target was measured on a variable basis depending on the level of accomplishment.   The award tied to the 
Technology Products Group  earnings targets started  with  a  minimum bonus of approximately $600,000  at achievement of 70% of a 
target earnings number (i.e. no bonus if earnings were less than 70% of target) and scaled to a maximum bonus of approximately $3.4 
million at achievement of 160% of the target.  Achievement of the retail store and financial reporting technology goals was measured 
on the basis of whether or not the goals are either accomplished or not accomplished during the fiscal year. 

Under  the  2009  Plan,  the  Compensation  Committee  had  set  the  following  cash  bonus  target  amounts  for  each  of  our  NEO’s, 

assuming achievement of the 2009 financial, non-financial and special information technology goals at 100% base case target levels. 

Richard Leeds 
Bruce Leeds 
Robert Leeds 
Gilbert Fiorentino  
Lawrence Reinhold 

$1,701,000 
$1,410,000 
$1,410,000 
$2,546,000 
$696,000 

Prior  to  the  adoption  of  the  2009  Bonus  Plan,  cash  bonuses  for  each  of  Messrs.  Richard,  Robert  and  Bruce  Leeds  and  for  Mr. 
Reinhold  were  not  based  on  specific  metric  targets  but  rather  were  subjectively  determined  by  the  Compensation  Committee  based 
primarily  on  the  Compensation  Committee’s  belief  that  each  of  them  provided  valuable  contributions  to  the  Company  and  its 
stockholders by managing the Company successfully and profitably through a difficult economic environment, by implementing critical 
cost savings initiatives and effecting opportunistic acquisitions to grow market share. 

Compensation of NEOs in 2009 

In determining the compensation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer for fiscal year 2009 and approving the compensation 
of  the  Company’s  other  NEO’s,  the  Committee  considered,  among  the  other  factors  discussed  above,  the  achievement  of  the 
performance based criteria established under the 2009 NEO Bonus Plan. 

The Compensation Committee determined that the Company and management had performed well, particularly given trends in the 
general economic environment that had affected the Company’s business throughout fiscal 2009, and that management had executed 
well  on  strategic  business  initiatives  to  position  the  Company  for  growth  while  managing  risk.    Based  on  Company  and  individual 
performance, the Compensation Committee believes that compensation levels for fiscal year 2009 were consistent with the philosophy 
and objectives of the Company’s compensation programs.  The Company significantly overperformed its peer group and accomplished 
its  special  financial  reporting  technology  objectives.    However,  Richard  Leeds  requested  that  his  bonus  be  reduced  to  $975,000  (a 
reduction of $787,000) and Bruce and Robert Leeds each requested that their bonuses be reduced to $670,000 (a reduction of $787,000 
each).  The Compensation Committee approved these reductions.  

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Employment Arrangements of the Named Executive Officers  

Richard Leeds 

      Richard Leeds has no employment agreement and is an “at will” employee.  Base salary accounted for 46% and bonus accounted 
for 54% of Mr. Leeds total cash compensation for 2009; Mr Leeds salary for 2010 is set at $567,000; See the discussion of our 2009 
Bonus Plan and 2010 Bonus Plan regarding Mr. Leeds non-equity incentive awards for 2009 and 2010. 

Bruce Leeds 

     Bruce Leeds has no employment agreement and is an “at will” employee.  Base salary accounted for 41% and bonus accounted for 
58% of Mr. Leeds total cash compensation for 2009.  Mr. Leeds salary for 2010 is set at $470,000; See the discussion of our 2009 
Bonus Plan and 2010 Bonus Plan regarding Mr. Leeds non-equity incentive awards for 2009 and 2010. 

Robert Leeds 

      Robert Leeds has no employment agreement and is an “at will” employee.  Base salary accounted for 41% and bonus accounted for 
58% of Mr. Leeds total cash compensation for 2009.  Mr. Leeds salary for 2010 is set at $470,000; See the discussion of our 2009 
Bonus Plan and 2010 Bonus Plan regarding Mr. Leeds non-equity incentive awards for 2009 and 2010. 

Gilbert Fiorentino 

On October 12, 2004, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Gilbert Fiorentino.  The agreement was effective 

as of June 1, 2004 and expires on December 31, 2013 unless terminated sooner under the terms of the agreement.   

Mr. Fiorentino’s compensation consists of a base salary at the initial annual rate of $400,000 (which is increased by five percent 
per  year  subject  to  certain  Company  earnings  requirements)  and  a  performance  bonus  of  $250,000  per  year  (similarly  increasing 
annually) provided that he meets certain performance criteria previously established from time to time by the Executive Committee of 
the Board of Systemax.  He is also eligible for an additional bonus, in the discretion of the Board.   

  Mr. Fiorentino’s 2009 bonus was determined under the 2009 Bonus Plan as a specified percentage of the worldwide EBIT of the 
Company’s technology products business, and also took into account achievement of the retail store and technology enhancement and 
information technology goals, for which he is responsible in order to most accurately reflect Mr. Fiorentino’s direct contribution to the 
Company and the sustained year over year growth of the business.    The 2009 threshold, target and maximum bonus amounts for Mr. 
Fiorentino are found in the “Grant of Plan Based Awards” table on page 32.   Base salary accounts for 18%, and non-equity incentive 
compensation accounted for 81% of Mr. Fiorentino’s total cash compensation for 2009.  Mr. Fiorentino received no stock options or 
other stock based incentive grants in 2009, 2008 or 2007.   

Additional  benefits  include  medical,  dental  and  life  and  disability  insurance  benefits,  participation  in  our  401(k)  plan,  and  an 
automobile  allowance.  The  Company  has  also  agreed  to  make  certain  “gross  up”  payments  if  other  payments  to  Mr.  Fiorentino  are 
deemed by the IRS to be subject to excise tax.   

Under his employment agreement, the vesting schedule of previously granted options was accelerated as follows: Mr. Fiorentino’s 
option to purchase 350,000 shares of Company stock, granted on February 28, 2003, at an exercise price of $1.76 per Share and his 
option to purchase 50,000 shares of Company stock, granted on April 1, 2003, at an exercise price of $1.95 per Share both would vest 
at 20% per year with the first 20% vesting on October 12, 2004 (the date of execution of the employment agreement).  Mr. Fiorentino 
also  was  granted  new  options  under  the  Company’s  1999  Long  Term  Stock  Incentive  Plan  for  166,667  shares,  and  the  agreement 
obligated  the  Company  to  issue  additional  options  on  166,667  shares  in  each  of  August  2005  and  2006,  at  the  then-fair  market 
value.  Options vest in five annual cumulative installments of 20% each. 

Mr.  Fiorentino  was  also  granted,  pursuant  to  a  restricted  stock  unit  agreement  (the  form  of  which  is  part  of  his  employment 
agreement), 1,000,000 restricted stock units under the 1999 Long Term Stock Incentive Plan conditioned on stockholder approval and 
the satisfaction of certain performance conditions based on the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization in fiscal 
2004 or fiscal 2005.  Such restricted stock units vest in accordance with the following schedule: 200,000 on May 31, 2005 and 100,000 
on April 1, 2006 and each April thereafter, until April 1, 2013.  The restricted stock units do not reflect actual issued shares; shares are 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
distributed  within  30  days  after  a  “Distribution  Event”.  A  Distribution  Event  is  defined  as  (x)  the  earliest  of  the  date  that  Mr. 
Fiorentino is no longer employed by the Company, the date of a change of control (as defined) or January 1, 2006 for the units that vest 
in 2005 or (y) the date on which any subsequent units vest for units that vest after 2005.  If the Company pays dividends or makes other 
distributions during the term of the restricted stock agreement, however, Mr. Fiorentino has the right to receive equivalent payments 
under certain circumstances, but shares of Company stock shall only be distributed when there is a Distribution Event. 

  Mr. Fiorentino’s total compensation for 2009 was higher than the Company’s other NEO’s primarily as a result of the non-equity 
incentive plan compensation granted to Mr. Fiorentino for 2009 due to the excellent performance of the Technology Products Group 
and achievement of the retail store technology enhancements and information technology goals.   

Compensation that may become payable following the termination of his employment or a change in control of the Company, and 
other terms of the employment agreement related to such events, are discussed below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination 
or Change in Control.” 

Lawrence Reinhold 

The  Company  entered  into  an  employment  agreement  with  Mr.  Reinhold  on  January  17,  2007.    The  agreement  provides  for  a 
minimum base salary of $400,000 (which may be increased at the discretion of the Company) and a bonus (which the agreement states 
is expected to be at least equal to 50% of the base salary) assuming Mr. Reinhold meets certain performance objectives (including the 
Company’s  financial  performance  objectives)  established  for  him  by  the  Company.  He  is  entitled  to  receive  a  car  allowance  or  a 
Company-leased car.  

Mr. Reinhold’s bonus for 2009 was determined as described above under the heading 2009 Named Executive Officer Cash Bonus 
Plan.  Mr. Reinhold received a grant of equity compensation in 2009 in the form of stock options. The decision by the Compensation 
Committee to award Mr. Reinhold stock options was based on Mr. Reinhold’s significant accomplishments in 2009 as well as a desire 
to further align his interests with those of the Company’s stockholders.  Base salary accounted for 21%, bonus accounted for 32%, and 
the fair value at grant date of equity awards accounted for 45% of Mr. Reinhold’s total compensation for 2009. 

Compensation that may become payable following the termination of his employment or a change in control of the company, and 
other terms of the employment agreement related to such events, are discussed below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination 
or Change in Control.” 

Systemax 2010 NEO Cash Bonus Plan 

In March 2010, pursuant to the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan adopted by the Board of Directors (subject to stockholder approval 

at the Annual Meeting), our Compensation Committee, with input from our Chief Executive Officer, established our 2010 NEO Cash 
Bonus Plan (“2010 Bonus Plan”)
 providing for target cash bonuses for the NEO’s based on the achievement of certain financial and 
non-financial performance-based criteria in 2010.  The 2010 Bonus Plan implements for 2010 the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, 
subject to such stockholder approval, and pertains specifically to the payment of non-equity incentive compensation to NEO’s for 2010. 

For 2010, such financial and non-financial goals, the percentage of the executive’s entire cash bonus tied to such goals and the 

weighting of each component under such goal, are as follows: 

•  Financial Goals (80% of total cash bonus target) 

−  Adjusted Operating Income Growth (50%); the Compensation Committee believes this is the 
most important individual component and aligns the interests of our executives with those of 
our  stockholders,  in  addition  to  building  long  term  value.  Adjusted  Operating  Income  is 
defined as operating income adjusted for unusual or nonrecurring items as determined by our 
Compensation Committee.  

−  Sales Growth (20%); the Compensation Committee believes topline sales growth is key to our 
Company remaining competitive with larger companies.  Sales are defined as sales revenue net 
of returns on a constant currency basis.   

−  Return  on  Invested  Capital  Growth  (10%);  the  Compensation  Committee  believes  this  will 
encourage  management  to  pursue  operational  efficiencies  in  establishing  strategic  goals  and 
planning  for  growth.    Return  on  Invested  Capital  is  defined  as  adjusted  operating  income 
divided by the sum of (i) the book value of stockholders’ equity plus the book value of interest-
bearing obligations minus total cash and cash equivalents.   

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
    
 
 
 
•  Non-Financial Goals for 2010 (20% of total cash bonus target) 

−  Strategic Accomplishments (six specific goals weighted at an aggregated 80% of the total non-
financial  goal):  These  goals  relate  to  various  strategic  initiatives  that  the  Compensation 
Committee believes will enhance the Company’s operational infrastructure.   

−  Corporate  Governance  Goals  for  2010  (two  specific  goals  weighted  at  20%  of  the  total non-
financial goal):   These goals relate to continuing improvements in our internal processes  that 
the Compensation Committee believes will generally benefit shareholders. 

Achievement of each of the target financial goals generates a variable target bonus payment (base case); reduced bonuses are 
payable on a pro rata basis for each financial goal component, starting at achievement of in excess of 80% of the target financial goal 
component amount up to 140% of the target financial goal component amount.  Each 1% variance in actual achievement from the 
100% level generates a 5% variance in the target bonus amount for that component, and no bonus is payable in respect of these 
components if achievement is 80% or less of the target financial component goal amount.  Increased bonuses (up to 300% of the target 
bonus amount for each component) are payable on a pro rata basis for each financial goal component amount achieved.  The non-
financial goals are measured based on whether or not the goal is either accomplished or not accomplished during the fiscal year.  

Under the 2010 Bonus Plan, the Compensation Committee has set the following cash bonus target amounts for each of our named 

executive officers, assuming achievement of the 2010 financial and non-financial goals at 100% base case target levels: 

Richard Leeds 

Bruce Leeds 

Robert Leeds 

Gilbert Fiorentino 

Lawrence Reinhold 

$1,100,000 

$    750,000 

$    750,000 

$1,950,000 

$    825,000 

The Compensation Committee believes these bonus levels are appropriate for each of our named executive officers. 

The 2010 Bonus Plan imposes a cap on the total bonus that could be payable to any executive at 200% of the target base case 
bonus.  The Compensation Committee has the discretion to adjust financial targets based on such events as acquisitions or other one 
time charges or gains, or other unforeseen circumstances, that can skew normal operating results.  Targets and bonuses are also subject 
to adjustment to prevent unreasonable results such as adjustments for mergers and acquisitions, one time charges or gains, etc.  
Executives must generally be employed with the Company at the time the bonuses are paid out to receive the bonus. 

In addition, the Board can demand repayment to the Company of any cash bonuses paid in the event that (i) the executive’s 
misconduct caused the Company to restate its reported financial results; (ii) the reported results created a bonus that would not have 
been paid based on the restated results, or (ii) the executive engages in serious ethical misconduct. 

Compensation Committee Report to Stockholders* 

The Compensation Committee of the Board has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by 
Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K, which appears in this proxy statement, with the management of Systemax.  Based on this review and 
discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in 
Systemax’s proxy statement on Schedule 14A. 

                 COMPENSATION COMMITTEE 

                                 Robert D. Rosenthal (Chairman) 
  Stacy S. Dick 
                 Marie Adler-Kravecas 

* 

The information contained in this Compensation Committee Report shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
with  the  SEC,  nor  shall  such  information  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any  filings  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as 
amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act, or under the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate 
this information by reference into any such filing. 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation 

The members of the Company’s Compensation Committee for fiscal year 2009 were Marie Adler-Kravecas, Robert D. Rosenthal 
and Stacy S. Dick.  Until June 12, 2009, Ann Leven was a member of the Compensation Committee.  The Company does not employ 
any  member  of  the  Compensation  Committee  and  no  member  of  the  Compensation  Committee  has  ever  served  as  an  officer  of  the 
Company.  In addition, none of our directors has any interlocking relationship with our Board, Compensation Committee or executive 
officers that requires disclosure under SEC regulations. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE 

The following table sets forth the compensation earned by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”, our principal executive officer), 
Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”, our principal financial officer), and the three most highly compensated officers other than the CEO 
and CFO (collectively the “Named Executive Officers”) for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009: 

Name and 
Principal 
Position 

Richard Leeds 
Chairman and 
Chief 
Executive 
Officer 

Bruce Leeds 
Vice Chairman 

Robert Leeds 
Vice Chairman 

Gilbert 
Fiorentino 
Chief 
Executive – 
Technology 
Products 
Group 

Lawrence  
Reinhold 
Executive Vice 
President and 
Chief Financial 
Officer 

Year 

Salary 
($) 

Bonus 
($) 

2009 
2008 

567,000 
550,000 

- 
550,000 

2007 
2009 
2008 
2007 
2009 
2008 
2007 
2009 

442,600 
470,000 
450,000 
405,365 
470,000 
450,000 
405,365 
501,378 

600,000 
- 
375,000 
400,000 
- 
375,000 
400,000 
- 

2008 

476,875 

- 

2007 
2009 

456,484 
471,625 

1,938,000 
- 

2008 

455,250 

325,000 

2007 

380,385 

325,000 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Stock 
Awards 
($) 

Option 
Awards 
($) (1) 

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation 
($) (2) 
975,000 
- 

All Other 
Compensation 
($) 

Total 
($) 

21,394 (3) 
26,522 

1,563,394 
1,126,522 

- 
670,000 
- 
- 
670,000 
- 
- 
2,245,000 

19,843 
18,321 (4) 
21,329 
21,912 
16,063 (5) 
20,003 
18,923 
325,195 (6) 

1,062,443 
1,158,321 
846,329 
827,277 
1,156,063 
845,003 
824,288 
3,071,573 

1,400,000 

622,945 

2,499,820 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
1,013,170 

353,250 

1,446,306 

- 
719,200 

624,916 
26,531 (7) 

3,019,400 
2,230,526 

- 

- 

22,923 

1,156,423 

20,921 

2,172,612 

(1) This column represents the fair value of the stock option on the grant date determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC 
718. As per SEC rules relating to executive compensation disclosure, the amounts shown exclude the impact of forfeitures related to 
service  based  vesting  conditions.  These  amounts  were  calculated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.    For  additional 
information  regarding  assumptions  made  in  calculating  the  amount  reflected  in  this  column,  please  refer  to  Note 8  to  our  audited 
consolidated financial statements, included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2009. 

(2) The 2009 figures in this column represent the amount earned in fiscal year 2009 (although paid in fiscal year 2010) pursuant to 
the 2009 Bonus Plan. For more information, see the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table below.  Because these payments, as well as 
the payment that Mr. Fiorentino earned in 2008, were based on predetermined performance metrics, these amounts are reported in 
the Non-Equity Incentive Plan column. 

(3) Includes $20,854 in auto-related expenses.   

(4) Includes $17,494 in auto-related expenses. 

(5) Includes $15,235 in auto-related expenses. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
(6)  Includes  (i)  $300,000  of  a  dividend  equivalent  payment  and  (ii)  $25,195  in  auto-related  expense  and  Company  401(k) 
contributions. 

      (7) Includes $25,703 in auto-related expenses and Company 401(k) contributions. 

The following table sets forth the stock options granted to our named executive officers in 2009 and the estimated possible payouts 

under the cash incentive awards granted to our named executive officers in respect of 2009 performance.  

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS  

Name 

Grant 
Date 

Richard Leeds (1) 

Bruce Leeds (1) 

Robert Leeds (1) 

Gilbert 
Fiorentino (1) 

Lawrence P. 
Reinhold (1) 

Estimated Future Payouts Under 
Non-Equity Incentive 
Plan Awards 
Target 
($) 
1,306,000 1,701,000  4,082,000   

Maximum 
($) 

Threshold 
($) 

1,081,000 1,410,000  3,384,000   

1,081,000 1,410,000  3,384,000   

1,675,000 2,546,000  4,448,000   

534,000  696,000  1,670,000 

All Other 
Option 
Awards: 
Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Options 
(#) 
- 

Exercise or 
Base Price 
of Option 
Awards 
($/Sh) 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

5/18/2009 
(2) 

- 

- 

- 

100,000 

13.19 

(1) 

(2) 

Amounts presented assume payment of threshold, target and maximum awards at the applicable level plus, 
in each case, payment of the special award relating to achievement of the information technology goals. 
The  option  award  granted  to  Mr.  Reinhold  on  May  18,  2009  is  exercisable  in  four  equal  installments 
annually, commencing on May 18, 2010. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END 2009 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  stock  option  and  restricted  stock  awards  previously  granted  which  were 

outstanding at the end of fiscal year 2009. 

The market value of the stock award is based on the closing price of one share of our common stock as of December 31, 2009, 

which was $15.71. 

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

Name 
(a) 
Gilbert 
Fiorentino 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Exercisable 
(b) 
70,000 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Unexercisable 
(c) 
- 

 10,000 
166,667 
166,667 
 133,334 
-  

- 
- 
  - 
33,333 (1) 
-  

Option 
Exercise 
Price 
($) 
(e) 
$1.76 

$1.95 
$5.65 
$6.80 
$8.06 
-  

Number of 
Shares 
or  Units of 
Stock  That 
Have Not 
Vested 
(#) 
(g) 
- 

Market Value 
of Shares or 
Units of Stock 
That Have Not 
Vested 
($) 
(h) 
-  

Option 
Expiration 
Date 

(f) 
 2/28/13    

   4/1/13    
     10/11/14    
 3/22/16    
 8/25/16    

- 
- 
- 
- 

-  

   400,000 (2) 

Lawrence 
Reinhold 

50,000 

50,000 (3) 

$20.15 

1/17/17 

12,500 
- 

37,500 (3) 
100,000 (3) 

$11.51 
$13.19 

3/11/18 
5/17/19 

-  

- 
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
$6,284,000 

-  

- 
-  

(1)      Granted pursuant to Mr. Fiorentino’s employment agreement (see pages 27-28 above).  

Options vest 20% per year over five years from date of grant. 

(2)       The remaining restrictions lapse annually in 100,000 share increments through April 

2013. 

(3)      Options vest 25% per year over four years from date of grant. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED  

The following table sets forth information regarding exercise of options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock and 
vesting of restricted stock units by the named executive officers that exercised options or whose restricted stock vested during fiscal 
year 2009: 

Option Awards 

Restricted Stock Units Awards 

Name 

(a) 

Gilbert Fiorentino 

Number of Shares 
Acquired on Exercise 
(#) 
(b) 
20,000 

Value Realized on 
Exercise 
  ($) (1) 
(c) 
$130,800 

Number of Shares 
Acquired on Vesting 
(#) 
(d) 
100,000 

Value Realized 
on Vesting 
    ($) (2) 
(e) 
$1,322,000 

(1)  The  amount  in  this  column  reflects  the  aggregate  dollar  amount  realized  upon  the  exercise  of  the  options,  determined  by  the 
difference between the market value of the underlying shares of common stock at exercise and the exercise price of the options. 

(2) The amount in this column reflects the aggregate dollar amount realized upon the vesting of the restricted stock unit, determined by 
the market value of the underlying shares of common stock on the vesting date. 

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL 

Gilbert Fiorentino 

Pursuant to Mr. Fiorentino’s employment agreement, the Company may terminate the agreement without cause on 30 days’ notice 
provided  certain  severance  payments  are  made.    If  Mr.  Fiorentino  is  terminated  by  the  Company  without  cause  (as  defined  in  the 
agreement), under most circumstances he would become vested in at least half of the restricted stock units that were awarded to him (or 
all of such units under certain circumstances if a “Qualified Change of Control” as, defined in the agreement, had occurred), subject to 
the Company’s right to redeem such units.  In addition, Mr. Fiorentino is entitled to a special bonus of 0.85% of the total proceeds of a 
“qualified” change of control transaction upon the first occurrence of a change of control meeting certain conditions.   

Mr. Fiorentino is subject to a two-year non-competition covenant following termination of employment, although such period can 
be shortened to one year or lengthened to three years by the Company in the event of a termination without “cause” (as defined).  The 
Company  is  obligated  to  continue  the  employee’s  salary  and  certain  other  benefits  for  such  non-competition  period  after  an  early 
termination by (a) the Company other than for cause or (b) the employee for “good reason” (as defined) or after the expiration of the 
agreement  at  its  scheduled  termination  date.  In  the  event  of  a  termination  without  “cause”  by  the  Company  or  a  termination  by  the 
employee for “good reason,” certain unvested restricted stock units generally vest and certain options may vest.  In certain instances the 
Company has the right to redeem vested restricted stock units at fair market value. 

Lawrence Reinhold 

Mr. Reinhold’s employment  agreement is terminable upon death or total disability, by the Company  for “cause” (as  defined) or 
without cause, or by the employee voluntarily for any reason or for “good reason” (as defined).  In the event of termination for death, 
disability, cause or voluntary termination by Mr. Reinhold, the Company will owe no further payments other than as applicable under 
disability or medical plans, any accrued but unused vacation time (up to four weeks) and, in the event of termination for disability or 
death, the pro rata portion of any bonus which would otherwise be paid.  If Mr. Reinhold resigns for good reason or if the Company 
terminates him for any reason other than disability, death or cause, he shall also receive severance payments equal to 12 months’ base 
salary (or 24 months’ base salary if termination is within 60 days prior to or one year following a “change of control,” as defined), one 
year’s bonus based on his average annual bonus for the prior two years (unless he was employed for less than two years in which case 
he will receive a prorated bonus) and a reimbursement of costs for COBRA insurance coverage in addition to the payments paid for 
other terminations.  

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Termination of Employment Without Change In Control 

The  table  below  sets  forth  the  severance  payments  that  would  have  been  made  had  the  employment  of  Mr.  Fiorentino  or  Mr. 
Reinhold (as defined in their employment agreements) been terminated without cause in a situation not involving a change in control, 
based on a hypothetical termination date of January 2, 2010, the last day of the Company’s fiscal year 2009, and using the closing price 
of our common stock on December 31, 2009.  These amounts are estimates and the actual amounts to be paid can only be determined at 
the time of the termination of the officer’s employment. 

Name 
Gilbert Fiorentino 
Lawrence P. Reinhold 

Cash Compensation 
(Salary and Bonus) 
($) 

3,247,756 (1) 
1,190,825 (4) 

Value of Accelerated 
Vesting 
of Stock Awards 
($) 
1,571,000 (2) 
- 

Medical and 
Other Benefits 
($) 

34,800 (3) 

- 

Total 
($) 

4,853,556 
1,190,825 

(1) Represents two years’ salary of $501,378 per year and cash bonus of $2,245,000 for fiscal year 2009. 

(2) Represents accelerated vesting of 100,000 restricted stock units. 

(3) Represents two years’ medical and other benefits. 

(4) Represents one year’s salary of $471,625 and cash bonus of $719,200 for fiscal year 2009. 

Change In Control Payments 

The table below sets forth the change in control payments that would have been made based on a hypothetical change of control 
date of January 2, 2010, the last day of the Company’s fiscal year 2009, and using the closing price of our common stock on December 
31, 2009.  These amounts are estimates and the actual amounts to be paid can only be determined at the time of the change of control.   

Name 
Gilbert Fiorentino 
Lawrence P. Reinhold 

Cash Compensation 
(Salary and Bonus) 
($) 
3,247,756 (1)(2) 
1,554,450 (6) 

Value of 
Accelerated Vesting 
of Stock Awards 
($) 

6,284,000 (3) 

- 

Medical and 
Other Benefits 
($) 
34,800 (4) 
34,800 

Total 
($) 
9,566,556 (5) 
1,589,250 (7) 

(1) Represents two years’ salary of $501,378 per year and cash bonus of $2,245,000 for fiscal year 2009. 

(2) Upon a “Qualifying Change of Control” as defined in his employment agreement, Mr. Fiorentino would also receive 0.85% of 
“Qualifying Value” of “Qualifying Change of Control” transaction as defined in his employment agreement. 

(3) Represents accelerated vesting of 400,000 restricted stock units. 

(4) Upon a change in control, Mr. Fiorentino may be subject to certain excise taxes under Section 280G of the Code.  The Company has 
agreed to reimburse Mr. Fiorentino for those excise taxes as well as for any income and excise taxes payable by the officers as a result 
of any such reimbursement capped at $6 million in the aggregate. 

(5) Plus additional amounts for a “Qualifying Change of Control” payment as described in footnote (2).  Reimbursement of excise taxes 
as described in footnote (4) may also be due. 

(6) Represents two years’ salary of $471,625 per year and a cash bonus of $719,200 for fiscal year 2009. 

(7) Payments are to Mr. Reinhold only if he is terminated without “cause” or resigns for “good reason” within 60 days prior to, or one 
year following, a Change of Control. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 

The Company’s policy is not to pay compensation to Directors who are also employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Each 
non-employee  Director  receives  annual  compensation  for  2010  as  follows,  commencing  June  11,  2010:  $65,000  per  year  as  base 
compensation (compared to $50,000 for 2009; in 2009 directors also received $5,000 for each committee membership held), $10,000 
per  year  for  each  committee  chair  (compared  to  $15,000  in  2009),except  for  the  Audit  Committee  Chair  which  was  increased  to 
$20,000 for 2010 and a grant each year of shares of Company stock (restricted for sale for two years) in an amount equal to $40,000 
divided by the fair market value of such stock on the date of grant (compared to $25,000 in 2009).  The Lead Independent Director, 
currently Robert D. Rosenthal, also receives an additional $20,000 per year ($10,000 in 2009).  The restricted stock grants are made 
pursuant  to  the  Company’s  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  for  Non-Employee  Directors,  which  was  approved  by  the  Company’s 
stockholders at the 2006 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting. 

Director Compensation For Fiscal Year 2009 

The following table sets forth compensation information regarding payments in 2009 to our non-employee Directors: 

Fees Earned 
or Paid in 
Cash 
($) 
(b) 
90,000 

75,000 
32,500 

62,500 

Name 
(a) 
Robert D. 
Rosenthal 
Stacy S. Dick 
Marie Adler-
Kravecas(3) 
Ann Leven(3) 

Stock Awards 
($) (1) 
(c) 
25,000 

Option Awards 
($)(2) 
(d) 

25,000 
25,000 

42,457 

Total 
($) 
(h) 
115,000 

100,000 
99,957 

62,500 

(1)  This column represents the fair value of the stock award on the grant date determined in accordance with the provisions of 
ASC  718.  As  per  SEC  rules  relating  to  executive  compensation  disclosure,  the  amounts  shown  exclude  the  impact  of 
forfeitures  related  to  service  based  vesting  conditions.  These  amounts  were  calculated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-
pricing model.  For additional information regarding assumptions made in calculating the amount reflected in this column, 
please refer to Note 8 to our  audited consolidated  financial statements, included in our  Annual Report on  Form 10-K for 
fiscal year 2009. 

(2)  This  column  represents  the  fair  value  of  the  stock  option  award  on  the  grant  date  determined  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions of  ASC 718. As per SEC rules relating to executive compensation disclosure, the amounts shown exclude the 
impact of  forfeitures related to service based vesting conditions. These amounts  were calculated using the Black-Scholes 
option-pricing  model.  For additional information regarding assumptions  made in calculating the amount reflected in  this 
column, please refer to Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, included in our Annual Report on Form 10-
K for fiscal year 2009. 

(3)  Ms.  Adler-Kravecas  became  a  director  in  June  2009.    Ms.  Leven  was  a  director  of  the  Company  until  June  2009;  in 
connection  with her resignation from the Board, she entered into a short term consulting arrangement  with the  Company 
(which terminated in September 2009) under which she received $25,000 in 2009. 

  The following table presents the aggregate number of outstanding stock awards and stock option awards held by each of our    
non-employee Directors at the end of fiscal year 2009: 

Name : 
Marie Adler-Kravecas 
Robert D. Rosenthal 
Stacy S. Dick 

Stock Awards 

2,010 
6,738 
6,738 

Option Awards 
5,000 
11,000 
19,500 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE COMPANY'S 2010 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN 

Proposal No. 2 on Proxy Card 

Action  is  to  be  taken  at  the  Annual  Meeting  to  approve  the  adoption  of  the  Company’s  2010  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan.  The 
Company's Board of Directors has adopted the Systemax, Inc. 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan” or the “2010 Long Term 
Plan”), subject to approval by the Company’s shareholders. 

The Company previously sponsored the 1999 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”). The 1999 Plan expired on 
December 31, 2009.  As a result, no further awards are available for grant under the 1999 Plan and the 1999 Plan cannot be used for 
future awards.  Therefore, it is necessary for the Company to adopt the 2010 Long Term Plan to replace the 1999 Plan.  

The following is a summary of the principal provisions of the 2010 Long Term Plan.  This description of the 2010 Long Term Plan 

is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2010 Long Term Plan, which is set forth in the attached Annex A. 

Purposes 

The purposes of the 2010 Long Term Plan are to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by (i) attracting and 

retaining exceptional executive personnel and other key employees, including consultants and advisors to the Company and its 
affiliates; (ii) motivating such employees, consultants and advisors by means of performance-related incentives to achieve longer-range 
performance goals; and (iii) enabling such employees, consultants and advisors to participate in the long-term growth and financial 
success of the Company. 

Types of Awards to Be Granted 

The 2010 Long Term Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation 
rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards or other stock-based awards.  Any of the foregoing is referred to as 
an “Award.” 

Eligibility and Conditions of Grant 

Any employee of the Company or of any affiliate and any individual providing consulting or advisory services to the Company or 

an affiliate, shall be eligible to receive an award under the 2010 Long Term Plan.  The committee that administers the Plan shall 
determine, in its sole discretion, the terms and conditions of any award. 

No award shall be granted under the 2010 Long Term Plan after the fifth anniversary of the adoption of the plan by the Board of 

Directors, except that “restoration options” may be granted after that date.  Restoration options are options issued to optionees who 
surrender then-owned shares in exercise of an option.  Such options are issued with an exercise price equal to the fair market value at 
the date of grant and a term equal to the remaining term of the then-exercised options and for no more than the number of shares 
delivered in exercise of such options. 

Shares Available Under the Plan 

Subject to adjustment in the case of certain corporate changes, awards may be granted under the 2010 Long Term Plan with respect 

to an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.  During a calendar year, awards may be granted to any 
individual with respect to a maximum of 1,500,000 shares. 

Administration 

The 2010 Long Term Plan is administered by a committee (the “Committee”) which is designated by the Company's Board of 
Directors to administer the 2010 Long Term Plan and consists of not less than two directors, each of whom, to the extent necessary to 
comply with Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act (“Rule 16b-3”), and to the extent such persons are 
available, is a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and, to the extent such persons are available, each of whom 
is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  If the 
Committee does not exist, or for any other reason determined by the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may act as the 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Committee.  The Committee or the Board of Directors may delegate to one or more officers or managers of the Company the authority 
to designate the individuals who will receive Awards under the Plan and certain administrative functions related to those awards, 
provided that the Committee shall itself grant all Awards to those individuals who could reasonably be considered to be subject to the 
insider trading provisions of Section 16 of the 1934 Act or whose Awards could reasonably be expected to be subject to the deduction 
limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code. 

The Committee determines the persons who will receive Awards, the type of Awards granted, and the number of shares subject to 

each Award.  The Committee also determines the prices, expiration dates, vesting schedule, forfeiture provisions and other material 
features of Awards.  The Committee has the authority to interpret and construe any provision of the Plan and to adopt such rules and 
regulations for administering the Plan as it deems necessary or appropriate.  All decisions and determinations of the Committee are 
final, binding and conclusive on all parties.  

Adjustments 

In the event of certain corporate actions affecting the Company’s stock, including, for example, a recapitalization, stock split, 
reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation or spin-off, the Committee shall adjust the number of shares of Common 
Stock available for grant under the Plan and any shall adjust outstanding Awards (including the number of shares subject to the Awards 
and the exercise price of stock options) in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be 
made available under the Plan or those Awards. 

Amendment and Termination of the Plan 

The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such 

amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is 
necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Committee may 
amend the Plan in such manner as may be necessary so as to have the Plan conform to the local rules and regulations in any jurisdiction 
outside the United States. 

The Committee may amend any Award, including an amendment that reduces the exercise price, except that consent of the Award 

recipient is necessary if the amendment would impair the recipient’s rights under the Award. 

Summary of Awards Available Under the Plan 

Non-Qualified Stock Options.  The exercise price per share of each NQO granted under the Plan is determined by the Committee 
on the grant date and will not be less than the fair market value of a share of Stock on the grant date.  Each NQO is exercisable for a 
term, not to exceed ten years, established by the Committee on the grant date.  The exercise price must be paid in cash or, subject to the 
approval of the Committee, in shares of Stock valued at their fair market value on the date of exercise or by such other method as the 
Committee may from time to time prescribe.  

The Plan contains provisions applicable to the exercise of NQOs subsequent to a grantee’s termination of employment for “cause,” 

other than for cause, or due to “disability” (as each such term is defined in the Plan) or death.  These provisions apply unless the 
Committee establishes alternative provisions with respect to an Award.  In general, these provisions provide that NQOs that are not 
exercisable at the time of such termination shall expire upon the termination of employment and NQOs that are exercisable at the time 
of such termination shall remain exercisable until the earlier of the expiration of their original term and (i) in the event of a grantee’s 
termination other than for cause, the expiration of three months after such termination of employment and (ii) in the event of a 
grantee’s disability or death, the first anniversary of such termination.  In the event the Company terminates the grantee’s employment 
for cause, all NQOs held by the grantee, whether or not then exercisable, terminate immediately as of the commencement of business 
on the date of termination of employment. 

Stock options generally are not transferrable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except that the Committee 

may permit transfers to the grantee’s family members or trusts for the benefit of family members. 

Incentive Stock Options.  Generally, ISOs are options that may provide certain federal income tax benefits to a grantee not 
available with NQOs.  An ISO has the same Plan provisions as a NQO (including with respect to various termination events as 
described above, except that: 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

In order to receive the tax benefits, a grantee must hold the shares acquired upon exercise of an ISO for at least two years 
after the grant date and at least one year after the exercise date.  

•  The aggregate fair market value of shares of Stock (determined on the ISO grant date) with respect to which ISOs are 

exercisable for the first time by a grantee during any calendar year (whether issued under the Plan or any other plan of the 
Company or its subsidiaries) may not exceed $100,000.  

• 

In the case of an ISO granted to any individual who owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined 
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the exercise price per share must be at least 110% of the fair market 
value of a share of Stock at the time the ISO is granted, and the ISO cannot be exercisable more than five years from the 
grant date.  

•  An option cannot be treated as an ISO if it is exercised more than three months following the grantee’s termination of 
employment for any reason other than death or disability, or more than one year after the grantee’s termination of 
employment for disability, unless the grantee died during such three-month or one-year period.  ISOs are not transferable 
other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. 

Stock Appreciation Rights.  A stock appreciation right (“SAR”) entitles the grantee to receive upon exercise, for each share subject 
to the SAR, an amount equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the 
fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant.  Each SAR shall be exercisable for a term, not to exceed ten years, 
established by the Committee on the grant date.  A SAR may be settled in cash or shares of Common Stock (valued at their fair market 
value on the date of exercise of the SAR), in the Committee’s discretion. 

Restricted Stock.  Prior to the vesting of any restricted shares, the shares are not transferable by the grantee and are forfeitable.  
Vesting of the shares may be based on continued employment with the Company and/or upon the achievement of specific performance 
goals, as the Committee determines on the grant date.  The Committee may at the time that shares of restricted stock are granted impose 
additional conditions to the vesting of the shares.  Unless the Committee provides otherwise, unvested shares of restricted stock are 
automatically and immediately forfeited upon a grantee’s termination of employment for any reason. 

Restricted Stock Units.  A restricted stock unit entitles the grantee to receive a share of Stock, or in the sole discretion of the 

Committee, the value of a share of Common Stock, on the date that the restricted stock unit vests.  Payment shall be in cash, other 
securities or other property, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.  Unless the Committee provides otherwise, unvested 
restricted stock units are forfeited upon a grantee’s termination of employment for any reason.  

Performance Awards.  Performance awards entitle the grantee to either cash or shares of Common Stock, in the Committee’s sole 

discretion, upon the achievement of specified performance goals.   

Performance Goals 

The Plan provides that granting or vesting of restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance awards may be conditioned on 
the achievement of specified performance goals.  These goals must be established by the Committee within 90 days of the beginning of 
the year (or other period to which the performance goals relate) or, if shorter, within the first 25% of the performance period.  As 
discussed below under “Summary of Federal Tax Consequences – $1 Million Limit,” performance-based awards can have significant 
tax benefits for the Company.  The maximum amount with respect to which performance awards may be granted to an individual in a 
calendar year is $10,000,000 with respect to performance awards denominated in cash and 1,500,000 shares with respect to 
performance awards denominated in shares. 

The performance goals may be based on one or more of:  share price, revenues, earnings (including but not limited to EBITDA), 
earnings per share, return on equity, expenses, and objective strategic and governance business goals.  Each such performance goal may 
(1) be expressed with respect to the Company as a whole or with respect to one or more divisions or business units, (2) be expressed on 
a pre-tax or after-tax basis, (3) be expressed on an absolute and/or relative basis, (4) employ comparisons with past performance of the 
Company (including one or more divisions) and/or (5) employ comparisons with the current or past performance of other companies, 
and in the case of earnings-based measures, may employ comparisons to capital, stockholders’ equity and shares outstanding. 

To the extent applicable, the measures used in performance goals set under the Plan shall be determined in a manner consistent 

with the methods used in the Company’s Forms 10-K and 10-Q, except that adjustments will be made for certain items, including 
special, unusual or non-recurring items, acquisitions and dispositions and changes in accounting principles. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
New Plan Benefits 

Since no Awards have been made under the Plan and since Awards under the Plan are wholly discretionary, amounts payable 

under the Plan are not determinable at this time. 

Summary of Federal Tax Consequences  

The following is a brief description of the federal income tax treatment that will generally apply to Awards under the Plan based on 

current federal income tax rules.  

Non-Qualified Options.  The grant of an NQO will not result in taxable income to the grantee.  Except as described below, the 

grantee will realize ordinary income at the time of exercise in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the Stock 
acquired over the exercise price for those shares, and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.  Gains or losses 
realized by the grantee upon disposition of such shares will be treated as capital gains and losses, with the basis in such Stock equal to 
the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise.  

Incentive Stock Options.  The grant of an incentive stock option will not result in taxable income to the grantee.  The exercise of an 

incentive stock option will not result in taxable income to the grantee provided that the grantee was, without a break in service, an 
employee of the Company or a subsidiary during the period beginning on the date of the grant of the option and ending on the date 
three months prior to the date of exercise (one year prior to the date of exercise if the grantee is disabled, as that term is defined in the 
Code).  The excess of the fair market value of the Stock at the time of the exercise of an incentive stock option over the exercise price is 
an adjustment that is included in the calculation of the grantee’s alternative minimum taxable income for the tax year in which the 
incentive stock option is exercised.  

If the grantee does not sell or otherwise dispose of the Stock within two years from the date of the grant of the incentive stock 
option or within one year after the transfer of such Stock to the grantee, then, upon disposition of such Stock, any amount realized in 
excess of the exercise price will be taxed to the grantee as capital gain and the Company will not be entitled to a corresponding 
deduction.  A capital loss will be recognized to the extent that the amount realized is less than the exercise price.  If the foregoing 
holding period requirements are not met, the grantee will generally realize ordinary income at the time of the disposition of the shares, 
in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the excess of the fair market value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price, or 
(ii) the excess, if any, of the amount realized upon disposition of the shares over the exercise price and the Company will be entitled to 
a corresponding deduction.  If the amount realized exceeds the value of the shares on the date of exercise, any additional amount will 
be capital gain.  If the amount realized is less than the exercise price, the grantee will recognize no income, and a capital loss will be 
recognized equal to the excess of the exercise price over the amount realized upon the disposition of the shares.  The Company will be 
entitled to a deduction to the extent that the grantee recognizes ordinary income because of a disqualifying disposition.  

Stock Appreciation Rights.  The grant of a SAR will not result in taxable income to the grantee.  Upon exercise of a SAR, the fair 
market value of Stock received will be taxable to the grantee as ordinary income and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding 
deduction.  Gains and losses realized by the grantee upon disposition of any such shares will be treated as capital gains and losses, with 
the basis in such shares equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise.  

Restricted Stock.  The grant of restricted stock will not result in taxable income at the time of grant and the Company will not be 
entitled to a corresponding deduction, assuming that the restrictions constitute a “substantial risk of forfeiture” for federal income tax 
purposes.  Upon the vesting of shares of restricted stock, the holder will realize ordinary income in an amount equal to the then fair 
market value of those shares, and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.  Gains or losses realized by the grantee 
upon disposition of such shares will be treated as capital gains and losses, with the basis in such shares equal to the fair market value of 
the shares at the time of vesting.  Dividends paid to the holder during the restriction period, if so provided, will also be compensation 
income to the grantee and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.  A grantee may elect pursuant to Section 83(b) of 
the Code to have income recognized at the date of grant of a restricted stock award and to have the applicable capital gain holding 
period commence as of that date, and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.  

Restricted Stock Units.  The grant of a restricted stock unit will not result in taxable income at the time of grant and the Company 
will not be entitled to a corresponding deduction.  Upon the vesting of the restricted stock unit, the holder will realize ordinary income 
in an amount equal to the then fair market value of the shares received, and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.  

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains or losses realized by the grantee upon disposition of such shares will be treated as capital gains and losses, with the basis in such 
shares equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of vesting, when granted to the grantee.  

Performance Awards.  The grant of a performance award will not result in taxable income at the time of grant and the Company 
will not be entitled to a corresponding deduction.  The grantee will have compensation income at the time of distribution equal to the 
amount of cash received and the then fair market value of the distributed shares and the Company will then be entitled to a 
corresponding deduction.  

Withholding of Taxes.  The Company may withhold amounts from grantees to satisfy withholding tax requirements.  Subject to 

guidelines established by the Committee, grantees may have Stock withheld from Awards or may tender Stock to the Company to 
satisfy tax withholding requirements. 

$1 Million Limit.  Section 162(m) of the Code disallows a federal income tax deduction for certain compensation in excess of 

$1 million per year paid to each of the Company’s chief executive officer and its three other most highly compensated executive 
officers (other than the chief financial officer).  Compensation that qualifies as “performance-based compensation” is not subject to the 
$1 million limit.  Stock options and stock appreciation rights generally are exempt from the $1 million limit.  Other Awards will be 
exempt from the $1 million limit if the granting or vesting of the Award is conditioned on the achievement of specified, objective 
performance goals, described above under “Performance Goals.” 

Section 409A.  Section 409A of the Code imposes significant new restrictions on deferred compensation and may impact on 
Awards under the Plan.  If the Section 409A restrictions are not followed, a grantee could be subject to accelerated liability for tax on 
the non-complying award, as well as a 20% penalty tax.  The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. 

Tax Advice.  The preceding discussion is based on federal tax laws and regulations presently in effect, which are subject to change, 

and the discussion does not purport to be a complete description of the federal income tax aspects of the Plan.  A grantee may also be 
subject to state and local taxes in connection with the grant of Awards under the Plan.  Grantees are encouraged to see their own legal, 
tax and accounting advice. 

New Plan Benefits 

Awards under the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan are discretionary; the table below describes awards made to our NEO’s for 

2010, conditioned on stockholder approval of the Plan.   

Name and Position 

Dollar Value ($) (1) 

Number of Units 

NEW PLAN BENEFITS 

2010 Long Term Incentive Plan 

Richard Leeds: 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

Bruce Leeds: 
Vice Chairman 

Robert Leeds: 
Vice Chairman 

Gilbert Fiorentino: 
Chief Executive Technology Products 
Group 

Lawrence Reinhold: 
Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer 

1,100,000 

750,000 

750,000 

1,950,000 

825,000 

41 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Group 

Non-Executive Director Group 

Non-Executive Officer Employee Group 

5,375,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1) Based on achieving 2010 financial and non-financial goals at 100% base case target levels under the 2010 Bonus Plan.  See “2010 
NEO Cash Bonus Plan” for additional discussion regarding the determination of awards under the 2010 Bonus Plan. 

Vote Required for Approval 

Stockholder approval of the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan is required.  If the stockholders fail to approve the plan, the Company 

will not grant any awards as described above.   If approved by stockholders, the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan supersedes the 
Systemax Executive Incentive Plan commencing in 2010. 

Approval of the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Shares present 
in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on the issue.  There are no rights of appraisal or dissenter’s rights as a result of a vote on this 
issue. 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE COMPANY'S 2010 LONG 

TERM INCENTIVE PLAN, WHICH IS DESIGNATED AS PROPOSAL NO. 2. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RATIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS 

Proposal No. 3 on Proxy Card 

Action  is  to  be  taken  at  the  Annual  Meeting  to  ratify  the  selection  of  Ernst  &  Young  LLP  as  independent  registered  public 

accountants for the Company for fiscal year 2010. 

Representatives  of  Ernst  &  Young  LLP  are  expected  to  be  present  at  the  Annual  Meeting  and  to  be  available  to  respond  to 

appropriate questions.  They will have an opportunity to make a statement if they so desire. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The following are the fees billed by Ernst & Young LLP for services rendered during fiscal years 2008 and 2009:  

Audit and Audit-related Fees 

Ernst  &  Young  billed  the  Company  $2,335,400  for  professional  services  rendered  for  the  audit  of  the  Company’s  annual 
consolidated  financial  statements  for  fiscal  year  2009  and its  reviews  of  the  interim  financial  statements  included  in  the  Company’s 
Forms 10-Q for that fiscal year and $2,737,400 for such services rendered for fiscal year 2008.   

Tax Fees 

Tax  fees  included  services  for  international  tax  compliance,  planning  and  advice.  Ernst  &Young  LLP  billed  the  Company  for 

professional services rendered for tax compliance, planning and advice in 2009 an aggregate of $85,000. 

All Other Fees 

Other fees of $1,195 were billed by Ernst & Young LLP for fiscal years 2008 and 2009. 

The Audit Committee is responsible for approving every engagement of the Company’s independent registered public accountants 
to perform audit or non-audit services on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries before such accountants can be engaged to 
provide  those  services.  The  Audit  Committee  does  not  delegate  its  pre-approval  authority.    The  Audit  Committee  has  reviewed  the 
services  provided  to  the  Company  by  Ernst  &  Young  LLP  and  believes  that  the  non-audit/review  services  it  has  provided  are 
compatible with maintaining the auditor’s independence. 

Stockholder ratification of the selection of Ernst & Young LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accountants is not 
required by the Company’s By-Laws or other applicable legal requirement.  However, the Board is submitting the selection of Ernst & 
Young LLP to the stockholders for ratification as a matter of good corporate practice.  If the stockholders fail to ratify the selection, the 
Audit Committee will reconsider whether or not to continue to retain that firm.  Even if the selection is ratified, the Audit Committee at 
its discretion may direct the appointment of different independent registered public accountants at any time during the year or thereafter 
if it determines that such a change would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. 

In  this  regard,  the  Company’s  Audit  Committee  charter  requires  the  Company  to  conduct  a  reproposal  for  the  selection  of  its 
independent auditors at least once every five years.  The 2009 audit was the fifth year audited by Ernst & Young, LLP; accordingly, the 
Company intends to conduct this reproposal process in the course of fiscal year 2010. 

Vote Required for Approval 

Ratification of the selection of Ernst & Young LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accountants will require the 
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on the issue.  There are no 
rights of appraisal or dissenter’s rights as a result of a vote on this issue. 

THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  UNANIMOUSLY  RECOMMENDS  A  VOTE  FOR  THE  RATIFICATION  OF  THE 
APPOINTMENT OF ERNST & YOUNG AS THE COMPANY’S INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS 
FOR FISCAL 2010, WHICH IS DESIGNATED AS PROPOSAL NO. 3.  

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
Solicitation of Proxies 

ADDITIONAL MATTERS  

This  year,  we  are  using  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  or  SEC,  notice  and  access  rule  that  allows  us  to  furnish  our 
proxy materials over the internet to our stockholders instead of mailing paper copies of those materials to each stockholder.  As a result, 
beginning on or about April 29, 2010, we sent to most of our stockholders by mail a notice containing instructions on how to access our 
proxy  materials  over  the  internet  and  vote  online.    This  notice  is  not  a  proxy  card  and  cannot  be  used  to  vote  your  shares.    If  you 
received only a notice this year, you will not receive paper copies of the proxy materials unless you request the materials by following 
the instructions on the notice or on the website referred to in the notice. 

The proxy statement and annual report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2009 are available at www.proxyvote.com. 

The cost of soliciting proxies for the Annual Meeting will be borne by the Company.  In addition to solicitation by mail and over 
the  internet,  solicitations  may  also  be  made  by  personal  interview,  fax  and  telephone.  Arrangements  will  be  made  with  brokerage 
houses and other custodians,  nominees and fiduciaries to  send proxies and proxy  material to their principals, and the Company  will 
reimburse them for expenses in so doing.  Consistent with the Company’s confidential voting procedure, Directors, officers and other 
regular employees of the Company, as yet undesignated, may also request the return of proxies by telephone or fax, or in person. 

Stockholder Proposals 

Stockholder proposals intended to be presented at the Annual Meeting, including proposals for the nomination of Directors, must 
be  received  by  February  14,  2011,  to  be  considered  for  the  2011  annual  meeting  pursuant  to  Rule  14a-8  under  the  Exchange 
Act.  Stockholders proposals should be mailed to Systemax Inc., Attention: Investor Relations, 11 Harbor Park Drive, Port Washington, 
NY 11050. 

Other Matters 

The Board does not know of any matter other than those described in this proxy statement that will be presented for action at the 
meeting.  If other matters properly come before the meeting, the persons named as proxies intend to vote the Shares they represent in 
accordance with their judgment. 

A COPY OF THE COMPANY’S FORM 10-K FOR FISCAL YEAR 2009 IS INCLUDED AS PART OF THE COMPANY’S 
ANNUAL REPORT ALONG WITH THIS PROXY STATEMENT, WHICH ARE AVAILABLE AT www.proxyvote.com.   

Available Information 

The Company maintains an internet web site at www.systemax.com.  The Company files reports with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and makes available free of charge on or through this web site its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 
10-Q  and  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  including  all  amendments  to  those  reports.  These  are  available  as  soon  as  is  reasonably 
practicable  after  they  are  filed  with  the  SEC.  All  reports  mentioned  above  are  also  available  from  the  SEC’s  web  site 
(www.sec.gov).  The information on the Company’s web site or any report the Company files with, or furnishes to, the SEC is not part 
of this proxy statement. 

The Board has adopted the following corporate governance documents (the “Corporate Governance Documents”): 

 Corporate Ethics Policy for officers, Directors and employees; 

 Charter for the Audit Committee of the Board; 

 Charter for the Compensation Committee of the Board; 

 Charter for the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee of the Board; and 

 Corporate Governance Guidelines and Principles. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In  accordance  with  the  corporate  governance  rules  of  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange,  each  of  the  Corporate  Governance 

Documents is available on the Company’s Company web site (www.systemax.com). 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
SYSTEMAX INC. 
2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan 

Annex A 

SECTION 1 

Purpose 

The purposes of this Systemax Inc. 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan are to promote the interests of 

Systemax Inc. and its stockholders by (i) attracting and retaining exceptional executive personnel and other key 
employees, including consultants and advisors to the Company and its Affiliates, as defined below; (ii) motivating 
such employees, consultants and advisors by means of performance-related incentives to achieve longer-ranger 
performance goals; and (iii) enabling such employees, consultants and advisors to participate in the long-term 
growth and financial success of the Company.  

SECTION 2 

Definitions 

As used in the plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below: 

determined by the Committee. 

“Affiliate” shall mean any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Company, as 

Stock Unit, Performance Award or other Stock-Based Award. 

“Award” shall mean any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted 

“Award Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document 

evidencing any Award, including an employment agreement, which may, but need not, be executed or 
acknowledged by a Participant.  

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company. 

“Cause” shall be the same as defined under any Award Agreement or any other agreement 

governing the relationship between the Participant and the Company.  If there is no such definition, Cause shall 
mean (i) the Participant’s willful and intentional repeated failure or refusal, continuing after notice that specifically 
identifies the breach(es) complained of, to perform substantially his or her material duties, responsibilities and 
obligations (other than a failure resulting from grantee’s physical or mental incapacity), and which failure or refusal 
results in demonstrable direct and material injury to the Company; (ii) any willful and intentional act or failure to act 
involving fraud, misrepresentation, theft, embezzlement, dishonesty or moral turpitude (collectively, “Fraud”) which 
results in demonstrable direct and material injury to the Company; and (iii) conviction of (or a plea of nolo 
contendere to) an offense which is a felony in the jurisdiction involved or which is a misdemeanor in the jurisdiction 
involved but which involves Fraud. 

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 

“Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan 
and composed of not less than two directors, each of whom, to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 and 
to the extent that such persons are available, is a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and, 
to the extent that such persons are available, each of whom is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 
162 (m) of the Code. 

“Company” shall mean Systemax Inc., together with any successor thereto. 

disability benefit under the long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or, if there is no such plan, a 

“Disability” shall mean any physical or mental condition that would qualify a grantee for a 

physical or mental condition that prevents the grantee from performing the essential functions of the grantee’s 
position (with or without reasonable accommodation) for a period of six consecutive months.  The existence of a 
disability shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. 

providing consulting or advisory services to the Company or any Affiliate as an independent contractor. 

“Employee” shall mean (i) an employee of the Company or of any Affiliate and (ii) an individual 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. 

“Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of the property or other item being valued, 

Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.  

“Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of 

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option. 

of the Plan and may be either a Non-Qualified Option or an Incentive Stock Option. 

Option” shall mean a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 

“Other Stock-Based Award” shall mean any right granted under Section 10 of the Plan. 

Plan. 

“Participant” shall mean any Employee selected by the Committee to receive an Award under the 

“Performance Award” shall mean any right granted under Section 9 of the Plan. 

trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or other entity. 

“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, 

“Plan” shall mean this Systemax 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

“Restoration Option” shall mean an Option granted pursuant to Section 6(e) of the Plan. 

restrictions on transferability and is subject to forfeiture. 

“Restricted Stock” shall mean any Share granted under Section 8 of the Plan and that is subject to 

“Restricted Stock Unit” shall mean any unit granted under Section 8 of the Plan. 

Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time. 

“Rule 16b-3” shall mean Rule 16b-3 as promulgated and interpreted by the SEC under the 

include the Staff thereof.  

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto and shall 

of the Company as may be designated by the Committee from time to time.  

“Shares” shall mean the common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value, or such other securities 

“Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean any right granted under Section 7 of the Plan. 

2 

“Substitute Awards” shall mean Awards granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, 

outstanding awards previously granted by a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company 
combines.  

SECTION 3 

Administration 

(a)  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and 

applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, 
the Committee shall have full power and authority to (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of 
Awards to be granted to an eligible Employee; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by, or with respect 
to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms 
and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be 
settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or cancelled, forfeited, or 
suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, cancelled, forfeited, or 
suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, 
other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either 
automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret and administer the Plan and 
any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend or waive 
rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; 
and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable 
for the administration of the Plan.  If the Committee does not exist or for any other reason determined by the Board, 
the Board may act as the Committee. 

(b)  Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, 

interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion 
of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including 
the Company, and Affiliate, and Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, any shareholder and any 
Employee. 

SECTION 4 

Shares Available for Awards 

(a)  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12, the number of Shares with respect to which 

Awards maybe granted under the Plan shall be 7,500,000. The maximum number of Shares which may be the 
subject of Awards granted to any individual during any calendar year shall not exceed 1,500,000. If, after the 
effective date of the Plan any Shares covered by an Award granted under the Plan, or to which such an Award 
relates, are forfeited, or if an Award is settled for cash or otherwise terminates or is cancelled without the delivery of 
Shares, the Shares covered by such Award, or to which such Award relates, or the number of Shares otherwise 
counted against the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted, to the extent of any 
such settlement, forfeiture, termination or cancellation, shall again be, or shall become, Shares with respect to which 
, that with respect to any Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any 
Awards granted; 
individual who is a “covered employee” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder 
that is canceled or as to which the exercise price or grant price is reduced, the number of Shares subject to such 
Options or Stock Appreciation Rights shall continue to count against the maximum number of Shares which may be 
the subject of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted to such covered employee and such maximum number 
of Shares shall be determined in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations promulgated 
thereunder. In the event that any Option or other Award granted hereunder is exercised through the delivery of 
Shares, the number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan shall be increased by the number of Shares 
surrendered. 

provided, however

may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares. 

(b)  

Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Awards. Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award 

3 

SECTION 5 

Eligibility 

Any Employee, including any officer or director of the Company, shall be eligible to be designated a 

Participant.  

SECTION 6 

Stock Options 

(a)  

Grant

. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete 
authority to determine the Employees to whom Options shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by 
each Option, the option price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option.  
The Award Agreement with respect to each Option shall specify if the Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a 
Non-Qualified Stock Option.  If the applicable Award Agreement does not so specify, such Option shall be a Non-
Qualified Stock Option.  Incentive Stock Options only may be granted to employees of the Company. 

(b)  

Exercise Price

. The Committee in it sole discretion shall establish the exercise price at the 

time each option is granted, but in no event shall the exercise price be less than the Fair Market Value of a share on 
the date of grant. 

(c)  

Exercise

. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and 

conditions as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement or thereafter. 
The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options, including without limitation, 
any relating to the application of federal or state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable. 

(d)  

Payment

. No Shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in 

full of the Option price thereof is received by the Company. Such payment may be made in cash, or its equivalent, 
or, if and to the extent permitted by the Committee, by exchanging Shares owned by the optionee (which are not the 
subject of any pledge or other security interest), or by a combination of the foregoing, provided that the combined 
value of all cash and cash equivalents and the Fair Market Value of any such Shares so tendered to the Company as 
of the date of such tender is at least equal to such Option price. 

(e)  

Restoration Options

. In the event that any Participant delivers Shares in payment of the 
exercise price of any Option granted hereunder in accordance with Section 6(d), the Committee shall have the 
authority to grant or provide for the automatic grant of a Restoration Option to such Participant. The Grant of a 
Restoration Option shall be subject to the satisfaction of such conditions or criteria as the Committee in its sole 
discretion shall establish from time to time. A Restoration Option shall entitle the holder therof to purchase a 
number of Shares equal to the number of such Shares so delivered upon exercise of the original Option. A 
Restoration Option shall have a per share exercise price of not less than 100% of the per Share Market Value on the 
date of grant of such Restoration Option, a term no longer than the remaining term of the original option at the time 
of exercise thereof, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. 

Agreement, upon a Participant’s termination of employment, the following shall apply: 

(f)  

Termination of Employment

.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award 

(i) 

(ii) 

.  If a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason other than death, 

Generally
disability or cause, then: (x) all Options not yet exercisable as of the date of such 
termination shall expire on the date of such termination and (y) all options that are 
exercisable as of the date of such termination shall remain exercisable for the three-
month period following such termination of employment. 

Death or Disability.  If a Participant’s employment terminates due to the Participant’s 
death or disability, then: (x) all Options not yet exercisable as of the date of such 
termination shall expire on the date of such termination and (y) all options that are 

4 

exercisable as of the date of such termination shall remain exercisable until the first 
anniversary of the Participant’s termination of employment. 

(iii) 

(iv) 

(v) 

.  If a Participant’s employment is terminated for cause, all Options not theretofore 

Cause
exercised shall terminate upon the commencement of business on the date of the 
Participant’s termination of employment. 

.  Any exercise of an Option following a 

Restrictions on Exercise Following Death
Participant’s death shall be made only by the Participant’s executor or administrator or 
other duly appointed representative reasonably acceptable to the Committee, unless the 
Participant’s will specifically disposes of such Option, in which case such exercise shall 
be made only by the recipient of such specific disposition.  If a Participant’s personal 
representative or the recipient of a specific disposition under the Participant’s will shall 
be entitled to exercise any Option pursuant to the preceding sentence, such representative 
or recipient shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable 
Award Agreement which would have applied to the Participant. 

.  No Option that remains exercisable for more 

Special Rules for Incentive Stock Options
than three months following a Participant’s termination of employment for any reason 
other than death (including death within three months after the termination of 
employment or within one year after a termination due to disability) or disability, or for 
more than one year following a Participant’s termination of employment as the result of 
disability, may be treated as an Incentive Stock Option. 

(g)  

Incentive Stock Options: $100,000 Limitation

.  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market 
Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options 
are first exercisable by any employee during any calendar year shall exceed $100,000, or such higher amount as may 
be permitted from time to time under section 422 of the Code, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock 
Options. 

(h)  

Incentive Stock Options: 10% Owners

.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this 

Section 6, an Incentive Stock Option may not be granted under the Plan to an individual who, at the time the Option 
is granted, owns Shares possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the 
Company or of its parent or subsidiary (as such ownership may be determined for purposes of section 422(b)(6) of 
the Code) unless (i) at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted the Option exercise price is at least 110% of 
the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject thereto and (ii) the Incentive Stock Option by its terms is not exercisable 
after the expiration of 5 years from the date it is granted. 

SECTION 7 

Stock Appreciation Rights 

(a)  

Grant

. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete 

authority to determine the Employees to whom Stock Appreciation Rights shall be granted, the number of Shares to 
be covered by each Stock Appreciation Right Award, the grant price thereof and the conditions and limitations 
applicable to the exercise thereof. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with another Award, in 
addition to another Award, or freestanding and unrelated to another Award. Stock Appreciation Rights granted in 
tandem with or in addition to an Award may be granted either at the same time as the Award or at a later time. 

(b)  

Exercise and Payment

. A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant to receive an 

amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation 
Right over the grant price thereof. The Committee shall determine whether a Stock Appreciation Right shall be 
settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares. 

Agreement, the Committee shall determine, at or after the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the term, methods of 

(c)  

Other Terms and Conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award 

5 

exercise, methods and form of settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right. Any 
such determination by the Committee may be changed by the Committee from time to time and may govern the 
exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights granted or exercised thereafter. The Committee may impose such conditions 
or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it shall deem appropriate. 

SECTION 8 

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units 

(a)  

Grant

. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete 

authority to determine the Employees to whom Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be 
granted, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock and/or the number of Restricted Stock Units to be granted to each 
Participant, the vesting schedule for such awards, and the other terms and conditions of such Awards. 

(b)  

Transfer Restrictions

. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, 

transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, except as provided in the Plan or the applicable Award agreements. 
Certificates issues in respect of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Participant and deposited by 
such Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in the blank with the company. Upon the lapse of the 
restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, the Company shall deliver such certificates to the Participant or the 
Participant's legal representative. 

(c)  

Termination of Employment

.  Except to the extent that the applicable Award Agreement 

provides otherwise, if the Participant’s employment is terminated for any reason, all unvested Shares of Restricted 
Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited as of the date of termination. 

(d)  

Payment

.  

(i) 

(ii) 

Upon vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit, the Company shall pay the holder of the 
Restricted Stock Unit the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of vesting. Such 
payment shall be in cash, other securities or other property, as determined in the sole 
discretion of the Committee. 

Dividends paid on any Shares of Restricted Stock may be directly to the Participant, or 
may be reinvested in additional Shares of Restricted Stock or in Restricted Stock Units, 
as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. 

SECTION 9 

Performance Awards 

(a)  

Grant

. The Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine Employees who 
shall receive a “Performance Award”, which shall consist of a right which is (i) denominated in cash or Shares, (ii) 
valued, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the achievement of such performance goals during such 
performance periods as the Committee shall establish, and (iii) payable at such time and in such form as the 
Committee shall determine. 

(b)  

Terms and Conditions

. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award 

Agreement, the Committee shall determine the performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the 
length of any performance period, the amount of any Performance Award and the amount and kind of any payment 
of transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award. 

(c)  

Payment of Performance Awards. Performance Awards may be paid in a lump sum or in 
installments following the close of the performance period or, in accordance with procedures established by the 
Committee at the time the Performance Award is granted. 

6 

(d)  Maximum Award

. The maximum amount with respect to which Performance Awards may be 
granted to a Participant in a calendar year shall be (i) $10,000,000 with respect to Performance Awards denominated 
in cash and (ii) 1,500,000 Shares with respect to Performance Awards denominated in Shares.    

SECTION 10 

Performance-Based Awards 

(a)  

Objective Performance Goals, Formulae or Standards

. The grant of Restricted Stock, 

Restricted Stock Units or Performance Awards, or the lapse of restrictions or vesting with respect to such Awards 
may be based on the attainment of one or more objective performance goals intended to comply with Section 
162(m) of the Code.  In such a case, the following shall apply: 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

The Committee shall establish a “performance period,” which may be the fiscal year or 
any other specified period. 

Prior to the start of the performance period or within ninety (90) days after the beginning 
of the performance period, or, if sooner, within the first 25% of the performance period, 
and while the outcome of the performance goals are substantially uncertain, the 
Committee shall establish in writing the performance goals and the applicable vesting 
percentage of the Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Performance Awards 
applicable to each Participant or class of Participants.  

The applicable performance goals shall be based on one or more of the following 
performance criteria: share price, revenues, earnings (including but not limited to 
EBITDA), earnings per share, return on equity, expenses, and objective strategic business 
and governance goals. Each such performance goal may (1) be expressed with respect to 
the Company as a whole or with respect to one or more divisions or business units, (2) be 
expressed on a pre-tax or after-tax basis, (3) be expressed on an absolute and/or relative 
basis, (4) employ comparisons with past performance of the Company (including one or 
more divisions) and/or (5) employ comparisons with the current or past performance of 
other companies, and in the case of earnings-based measures, may employ comparisons 
to capital, stockholders’ equity and shares outstanding. Prior to the lapse of restrictions or 
vesting of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units which are based on one or more of 
the performance goals hereunder, the Committee shall certify in writing (which may be 
by approved minutes) that the applicable performance goals were in fact satisfied. 

To the extent applicable, the measures used in performance goals set under the Plan shall 
be determined in a manner consistent with the methods used in the Company’s regular 
reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q, without regard to any of the following, unless 
otherwise determined by the Committee consistent with the requirements of Section 
162(m)(4)(C) and the regulations thereunder: 

(A) 

(B) 

(C) 

all items of gain, loss or expense for a fiscal year that are related to special, 
unusual or non-recurring items, events or circumstances affecting the Company 
or the financial statements of the Company; 

all items of gain, loss or expense for a fiscal year that are related to (i) the 
disposal of a business or discontinued operations or (ii) the operations of any 
business acquired by Company during the fiscal year; 

all items of gain, loss or expense for a fiscal year that are related to changes in 
accounting principles or to changes in applicable law or regulations; and 

(D) 

any similar items that would affect comparability of the performance goals. 

7 

To the extent any objective performance goals are expressed using any earnings or sales-
based measures that require deviations from the manner in which the Company’s Forms 
10-K and 10-Q are prepared, such deviations shall be at the discretion of the Committee 
and established at the time the applicable performance goals are established. 

SECTION 11 

Other Stock-Based Awards 

(a)  

General

. The Committee shall have authority to grant to eligible Employees an “Other Stock-

Based Award”, which shall consist of any right which is (i) not an Award described in Sections 6 through 9 above 
and (ii) an Award of Shares or an Award denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or 
otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as deemed 
by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable 
Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Other Stock-Based Award. 
Except in the case of an Other Stock-Based Award that is a Substitute Award, the price at which securities may be 
purchased pursuant to any Other Stock Based Award granted under this plan or the provision, if any, of any such 
Award that is analogous to the purchase of exercise price, shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of 
the securities which such an Award relates on the date of grant. 

(b)  

Dividend Equivalents

. In the sole and complete discretion of the Committee, an Award, 

whether made as an Other Stock-Based Award under this Section 10 or as an Award granted pursuant to Sections 6 
through 9 hereof, may provide the Participant with dividend equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other securities or 
other property on a current or deferred basis, provided that any deferred payment shall be structured in accordance 
with Section 409A of the Code. 

SECTION 12 

Amendment and Termination 

(a)  

Amendments to the Plan

. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the 
Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or 
termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any mandatory 
tax or regulatory requirement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Committee may amend the Plan 
in such manner as may be necessary so as to have the Plan conform with the local rules and regulations in any 
jurisdiction outside the United States. 

(b)  

Amendments to Awards

. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend 

any terms of, or alter, suspend discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or 
retroactively, including to reduce the exercise price of an Award; provided that any such waiver, amendment, 
alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or 
any holder of an Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective with the consent of the affected 
Participant or holder.   

(c)  

Cancellation

. Any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary 

notwithstanding, the Committee may cause an Award granted hereunder to be cancelled in consideration of a cash 
payment or alternative Award made to the holder of such cancelled Award equal in value to the Fair Market Value 
of such cancelled Award. 

SECTION 13 

Adjustments 

(a)  

Shares Available for Grants.  In the event of any change in the number of Shares outstanding 
by reason of any stock dividend or split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or 
exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which the 
Committee may grant awards under the Plan and the individual annual limit, both as described in Section 4(a), shall 
be appropriately adjusted by the Committee.  In the event of any change in the number of Shares outstanding by 
reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number 
and class of shares with respect to which awards: (i) may be granted under the Plan and (ii) granted to any one 

8 

employee of the Company or a subsidiary during any one calendar year, in each case as the Committee may deem 
appropriate. 

(b)  Outstanding Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Awards

.  Unless the 
Committee in its sole discretion otherwise determines, any securities or other property (including dividends paid in 
cash) received by a grantee with respect to a share of Restricted Stock, which has not yet vested, as a result of any 
dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares or 
otherwise, will not vest until such share of restricted stock vests, and shall be promptly deposited with the Company 
or other custodian designated by the Company. 

The Committee shall adjust any grant of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Awards payable in 

Shares, to reflect any dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination, 
exchange of shares or similar corporate change, as the Committee may deem appropriate to prevent the enlargement 
or dilution of rights of grantees. 

(c)  Outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights – Increase or Decrease in Issued Shares 
.  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any 

Without Consideration
increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of Shares or the 
payment of a stock dividend, or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt 
of consideration by the Company, the Committee shall proportionally adjust the number of Shares subject to each 
outstanding Option and Stock Appreciation Right and the exercise price-per-share of each such Option and Stock 
Appreciation Right. 

(d)  

Outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights – Certain Mergers

.  Subject to any 

required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event that the Company shall be the surviving 
corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of 
shares of Common Stock receive securities of another corporation), each Option and Stock Appreciation Right 
outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of 
the number of Shares subject to such Option and Stock Appreciation Right would have received in such merger or 
consolidation. 

(e)  

Outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights – Certain Other Transactions

.  In the 

event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, 
(iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or (iv) 
a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the holders 
of Shares receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Committee shall, in its 
sole discretion, have the power to: 

(i) 

(ii) 

cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Option and 
Stock Appreciation Right outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not 
then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the grantee to 
whom such Option and Stock Appreciation Right was granted an amount in cash, for 
each Share subject to such Option and Stock Appreciation Right, respectively, equal to 
the excess of (x) the value, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, of the 
property (including cash) received by the holder of a Share as a result of such event over 
(y) the exercise price of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right; or 

provide for the exchange of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right outstanding 
immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) for an Option on or 
Stock Appreciation Right with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property 
which a holder of the number of Shares subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation 
Right would have received and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as 
determined by the Committee in its sole discretion in the exercise price of the Option or 
Stock Appreciation Right, or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the 
Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the 

9 

grantee to whom such Option or Stock Appreciation Right was granted in partial 
consideration for the exchange of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right. 

(f)  Outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights – Other Changes

.  In the event of any 
change in the capitalization of the Company or a corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this 
Section 12, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares 
subject to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the 
per-share exercise price of each such Option and Stock Appreciation Right as the Committee may consider 
appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.  In addition, if and to the extent the Committee determines it 
is appropriate, the Committee may elect to cancel each Option and Stock Appreciation Right outstanding 
immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, 
pay to the grantee to whom such Option or Stock Appreciation Right was granted an amount in cash, for each Share 
subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, respectively, equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of 
Shares on the date of such cancellation over (ii) the exercise price of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right. 

(g)  

No Other Rights

.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no grantee shall have any rights 

by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any 
increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger or 
consolidation of the Company or any other corporation.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by 
the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, 
and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to an award or the 
exercise price of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right. 

SECTION 14 

General Provisions 

(a)  

Nontransferability

.  Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable only 

by the Participant during a Participant's lifetime, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant's guardian or 
legal representative or by a transferee receiving such Award pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order 
(“QDRO”), as determined by the Committee. 

(b)  

. No Employee, Participant, or other Person shall have any claim to be 
granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Employees, Participants, or holders or 
beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be same with respect to each recipient. 

No Rights to Awards

(c)  

Share Certificates

. All certificates for Shares or other securities of the Company or any 

Affiliate delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer 
orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the plan or the rules, regulations, and other 
requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and stock exchange upon which such Shares or other 
securities are then listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends 
to be put on any certificates to make appropriate references to such restrictions. 

(d)  

Delegation

. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee may delegate 

to one or more officers or managers of the Company or any Affiliate, or to a committee of such officers or 
managers, the authority, subject to such terms and limitations as the Committee shall determine, to grant Awards to, 
or to cancel, modify or waive rights with respect to, or to alter, discontinue, suspend, or terminate Awards held by, 
Employees who (i) are not officers or directors of the Company for purposes of section 16 of the Exchange Act, or 
any successor section thereto, or who are otherwise not subject to such section, (ii) are not “covered employees” 
under Section 162(m) of the Code and (iii) the Committee does not anticipate will become covered employees under 
such Section. 

(e)  

Withholding. Any Participant may be required to pay the Company or any Affiliate with 
respect to, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from, any 
Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or 
other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, and to the extent approved by the Committee, Shares, other 

10 

securities, other Awards or other property) of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, 
or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in 
the opinion of the company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. The Committee may provide for 
additional cash payments to holders of Awards to help defray or offset any tax arising from the grant, vesting, 
exercise or payments of any Award. 

(f)  Award Agreements

. Each Award hereunder shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement 

which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules 
applicable thereto, including but not limited to the effect on such Award of the death, retirement or other termination 
of employment of a Participant and the effect, if any, of a change in control of the Company. 

(g)  

No Limit in Other Compensation Arrangements

. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent 
the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, 
but need not, provide for the grant of options, Restricted Stocks, Shares and other types of Awards provided for 
hereunder (subject to shareholder approval if such approval is required), and such arrangements may either be 
generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. 

(h)  

No Right to Employment

. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a 

Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the company or Affiliate 
may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless 
otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement. 

(i)  

No Rights as Stockholder

. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or 

holder or beneficiary of any Award shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be 
distributed under the Plan until he or she has become the holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in 
connection with each grant of Restricted Stock hereunder, the applicable Award shall specify if and to what extent 
the Participant shall not be entitled to the rights of a stockholder in respect of Restricted Stock. 

(j)  

Governing Law

. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and 

regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the 
State of Delaware. 

(k)  

Severability

. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be 

invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or 
any Award under and law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed 
amended to conform the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the 
determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or Award, such provision shall be stricken 
as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force 
and effect. 

(l)  

Other Laws

. The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or other consideration 

under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Shares or such 
consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under 
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or 
beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, 
holder or beneficiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted hereunder shall be 
construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the 
Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all 
applicable requirements of the U.S. federal securities laws. 

(m)  

No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to 
create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a 
Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the 

11 

Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured 
general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate. 

(n)  No Fractional Shares

. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan 
or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or 
transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be cancelled, 
terminated, or otherwise eliminated. 

(o)  

Headings

. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a 

convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the 
construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof. 

SECTION 15 

Term of the Plan 

Company. 

(a)  

Effective Date

. The Plan shall be effective as of the date of its approval by the directors of the 

(b)  

Expiration Date. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the fifth anniversary of the 

date the Plan was approved; provided that the authority for grant of Restoration Options hereunder in accordance 
with Section 6(e) shall continue, subject to the provisions of Section 4(a), as long as any option granted hereunder 
remains outstanding. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or an applicable Award Agreement, any 
Award granted hereunder may, and the authority of the Board or the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, 
discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award shall, continue 
after such fifth anniversary of the Plan’s approval. 

12 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

(Mark One)

FORM 10-K

 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

or
 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF

1934

For the transition period from

to

Commission File Number: 1-13792

Systemax Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

11-3262067
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

11 Harbor Park Drive
Port Washington, New York 11050
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (516) 608-7000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $ .01 per share

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during

the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit and post such files). Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
knowledge of the registrant, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 10-
K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the

definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer 
Non-Accelerated Filer 

Accelerated Filer 
Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes  No 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2009, which is the last business day of the registrant’s most
recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $117,681,986. For purposes of this computation, all executive officers and directors of the Registrant and
all parties to the Stockholders Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995 have been deemed to be affiliates. Such determination should not be deemed to be an admission that
such persons are, in fact, affiliates of the Registrant.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of March 5, 2010 was 36,457,941 shares.
Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the Proxy Statement of Systemax Inc. relating to the 2010 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by
reference in Part III hereof.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I

Item 1.

Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Part II

Business
General
Products
Sales and Marketing
Customer Service, Order Fulfillment and Support
Suppliers
Competition and Other Market Factors
Employees
Environmental Matters
Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations
Available Information
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9.
Controls and Procedures
Item 9A.
Other Information
Item 9B.

Part III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Part IV

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Signatures

4
4
4
5
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
9
13
14
14
14

15
16
16
25
25
25
25
26

27
27
27
27
27

27

30

PART I

Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to Systemax Inc. (sometimes referred to as “Systemax,” the “Company” or “we”)
include its subsidiaries.

Forward Looking Statements

This report contains forward looking statements within the meaning of that term in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995 (Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Additional written or oral
forward looking statements may be made by the Company from time to time in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission
or otherwise. Statements contained in this report that are not historical facts are forward looking statements made pursuant to the
safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward looking statements may include, but are not
limited to, projections of revenue, income or loss and capital expenditures, statements regarding future operations, financing needs,
compliance with financial covenants in loan agreements, plans for acquisition or sale of assets or businesses and consolidation of
operations of newly acquired businesses, and plans relating to products or services of the Company, assessments of materiality,
predictions of future events and the effects of pending and possible litigation, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. In
addition, when used in this report, the words “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” and “plans” and
variations thereof and similar expressions are intended to identify forward looking statements.

Forward looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified based
on current expectations. Consequently, future events and results could differ materially from those set forth in, contemplated by, or
underlying the forward looking statements contained in this report. Statements in this report, particularly in “Item 1. Business,”
“Item 1A. Risk Factors,” “Item 3. Legal Proceedings,” “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations,” and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements describe certain factors, among others, that could
contribute to or cause such differences.

Other factors that may affect our future results of operations and financial condition include, but are not limited to, unanticipated
developments in any one or more of the following areas, as well as other factors which may be detailed from time to time in our
Securities and Exchange Commission filings:












risks involved with e-commerce, including possible loss of business and customer dissatisfaction if outages or
other computer-related problems should preclude customer access to us
significant changes in the computer products retail industry, especially relating to the distribution and sale of such
products
timely availability of existing and new products
risks associated with delivery of merchandise to customers by utilizing common delivery services
the effect on us of volatility in the price of paper and periodic increases in postage rates
borrowing costs or availability
pending or threatened litigation and investigations
the availability of key personnel

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward looking statements contained in this report, which speak only as of
the date of this report. We undertake no obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward looking statements
that may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unexpected events.

3

Item 1. Business.

General

Systemax is primarily a direct marketer of brand name and private label products. Our operations are organized in three reportable
business segments — Technology Products, Industrial Products and Software Solutions.

Our Technology Products segment sells computers, computer supplies and consumer electronics which are marketed in North
America and Europe. Except for certain personal computer (“PC”) and related products that we assemble ourselves and sell on a
private label basis, substantially all of our products are manufactured by other companies. Technology Products accounted for 94%,
92% and 92% of our net sales in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

Our Industrial Products segment sells a wide array of material handling equipment, storage equipment and consumable industrial
items which are marketed in North America. Most of these products are manufactured by other companies. Some products are
manufactured for us to our own design and marketed on a private label basis. ™. Industrial products accounted for 6%, 8% and 8% of
our net sales in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

In June, 2009, the Company announced plans to exit the Software Solutions segment as the result of economic conditions and
difficulties in marketing the segment’s products successfully (See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15
of this Form 10-K.). Our Software Solutions segment participated in the emerging market for on-demand, web-based business
software applications through the marketing of our PCS ProfitCenter Software™ application. As of December 31, 2009, substantially
all of the third party business activities of the Software Solutions segment had been ended.

See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Form 10-K for additional financial information about
our business segments as well as information about our geographic operations.

The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1995. Certain predecessor businesses which now constitute part of the Company have
been in business since 1949. Our headquarters office is located at 11 Harbor Park Drive, Port Washington, New York.

Recent Developments

On September 18, 2009, the Company acquired WStore Europe SA and its subsidiaries, (“WStore”), a European supplier of business
IT products and software solutions with operations in France and the United Kingdom. The purchase price (after giving effect to the
conversion of Euros to U.S. dollars) was approximately $4.4 million in cash, $2.2 million of which was placed into an escrow account
for one year to secure the sellers’ indemnification obligations under the purchase agreement. This acquisition expands the Company’s
business in France and, to a lesser extent, the United Kingdom.

On April 5, 2009, the Company acquired certain intellectual property and ecommerce assets owned Circuit City Stores, Inc. and
Circuit City Stores West Coast, Inc. (‘the Sellers”) for $14.0 million in cash. In addition, the Company will pay the Sellers a royalty
based on a percentage of sales over a thirty month period dependent upon levels of sales achieved from the acquired assets, with a
minimum payment of $3.0 million. This acquisition expands the Company’s ecommerce market.

Products

We offer hundreds of thousands of brand name and private label products. We endeavor to expand and keep current the breadth of our
product offerings in order to fulfill the increasingly wide range of product needs of our customers.

Our computer product include desktops, laptops and notebooks and are primarily offerings of brand name original equipment
manufacturers, as well as our own private label brands. Computer supplies and consumer electronics related products include supplies
such as laser printer toner cartridges and ink jet printer cartridges; media such as flash memory, recordable disks and magnetic tape
cartridges; peripherals such as hard disks, CD-ROM and DVD drives, printers and scanners; memory upgrades; data communication
and networking equipment; monitors; digital cameras; plasma and LCD TVs; MP3 and DVD players; PDAs; and packaged software.

We assemble our private label PCs in our ISO-9001:2000 certified facility in Fletcher, Ohio. We purchase components and
subassemblies from suppliers in the United States as well as overseas. Certain parts and components for our PCs are obtained from a
limited group of suppliers. We also utilize licensed technology and computer software in the assembly of our PCs. For a discussion of
risks associated with these licenses and suppliers, see Item 1A, Risk Factors.

Our industrial products include material handling equipment, storage and shelving equipment, work benches, packaging supplies,
furniture and office products, food service equipment and supplies, janitorial and maintenance supplies, HVAC, electrical and
plumbing supplies and consumable industrial products such as first aid items, safety items, protective clothing and OSHA compliance
items.

4

Sales and Marketing

We market our products to both individual consumers and business customers. Our business customers include for-profit businesses,
educational organizations and government entities. We have developed numerous proprietary customer and prospect databases.

We continue to have strong growth in sales to individual consumers, through e-commerce means and retail stores. To reach our
individual consumer audience, we use online methods such as website campaigns, banner ads and e-mail campaigns. We are able to
monitor and evaluate the results of our various advertising campaigns to enable us to execute them in the most cost-effective manner.
We combine our use of e-commerce initiatives with catalog mailings, which generate online orders and calls to inbound sales
representatives. These sales representatives use our information systems to fulfill orders and explore additional customer product
needs. Sales to individual consumers are generally fulfilled from our own stock, requiring us to carry more inventory than we would
for our business customers. We also periodically take advantage of attractive product pricing by making opportunistic bulk inventory
purchases with the objective of turning them quickly into sales. We have also successfully increased our sales to individual consumers
by using retail outlet stores. Over the past several years, the Company has expanded its brick and mortar retail operations through the
CompUSA acquisition and by opening new stores.

We have established a multi-faceted direct marketing system to business customers, consisting primarily of our relationship marketers,
catalog mailings and proprietary internet websites, the combination of which is designed to maximize sales. Our relationship
marketers focus their efforts on our business customers by establishing a personal relationship between such customers and a
Systemax account manager. The goal of the relationship marketing sales force is to increase the purchasing productivity of current
customers and to actively solicit newly targeted prospects to become customers. With access to the records we maintain, our
relationship marketers are prompted with product suggestions to expand customer order values. In certain countries, we also have the
ability to provide such customers with electronic data interchange (“EDI”) ordering and customized billing services, customer savings
reports and stocking of specialty items specifically requested by these customers. Our relationship marketers’ efforts are supported by
frequent catalog mailings and e-mail campaigns, both of which are designed to generate inbound telephone sales, and our interactive
websites, which allow customers to purchase products directly over the Internet. We believe that the integration of our multiple
marketing methods enables us to more thoroughly penetrate our business, educational and government customer base. We believe
increased internet exposure leads to more internet-related sales and also generates more inbound telephone sales; just as we believe
catalog mailings and email campaigns which feature our websites results in greater internet-related sales.

E-commerce

The worldwide growth in active internet users has made e-commerce a significant opportunity for sales growth.

The increase in our internet-related sales enables us to leverage our advertising spending. We currently operate multiple e-commerce
sites, including:

North America

www.tigerdirect.com
www.compusa.com
www.circuitcity.com
www.compusagoved.com
www.compusabusiness.com
www.tigerdirect.ca
www.infotelusa.com
www.globalcomputer.com
www.globalgoved.com
www.systemaxpc.com
www.globalindustrial.com

Europe

www.misco.co.uk
www.misco.de
www.misco.fr
www.misco.nl
www.misco.it
www.misco.es
www.misco.se
www.misco.at
www.misco.ch
www.misco.be
www.misco.ie
www.wstore.co.uk
www.inmac-wstore.com
www.wstore.fr
www.inmac-wstore.eu
www.inmac-wstore.fr
www.inmac.com
www.dealopro.com
www.dealopro.fr

5

We are continually upgrading the capabilities and performance of these websites. Our internet sites feature on-line catalogs of
hundreds of thousands of products, allowing us to offer a wider variety of computer and industrial products than our printed catalogs.
Our customers have around-the-clock, on-line access to purchase products and we have the ability to create targeted promotions for
our customers’ interests. Many of our internet sites also permit customers to purchase “build to order” PCs configured to their own
specifications.

In addition to our own e-commerce websites, we have partnering agreements with several of the largest internet shopping and search
engine providers who feature our products on their websites or provide “click-throughs” from their sites directly to ours. These
arrangements allow us to expand our customer base at an economical cost.

Catalogs

We currently produce a total of 15 full-line and targeted specialty catalogs in North America and Europe under distinct titles. Our
portfolio of catalogs includes such established brand names as TigerDirect.com™, Global Computer Supplies™, CompUSA,
TigerDirect.ca™, Misco®, Global Industrial™, ArrowStar™ and Nexel™. Full-line computer product catalogs offer products such
as PCs, notebooks, peripherals, computer components, magnetic media, data communication, networking and power protection
equipment, ergonomic accessories, furniture and software. Full-line industrial product catalogs offer products such as material
handling products and industrial supplies. Specialty catalogs contain more focused product offerings and are targeted to individuals
most likely to purchase from such catalogs. We mail catalogs to both businesses and individual consumers. In the case of business
mailings, we mail our catalogs to many individuals at a single business location, providing us with multiple points-of-entry. Our in-
house staff designs all of our catalogs, which reduces overall catalog expense and shortens catalog production time. . Our catalogs are
printed by third parties under fixed pricing arrangements. The commonality of certain core pages of our catalogs also allows for
economies of scale in catalog production.

With increased focus on internet advertising, the distribution of our catalogs decreased to 46 million in 2009, which was 26.9% less
than in the prior year. In 2009, we mailed approximately 38 million catalogs in North America, a 18.5% decrease from last year and
approximately 8 million catalogs in Europe, or 51.3% fewer than 2008.

Customer Service, Order Fulfillment and Support

We receive orders through the internet, by telephone, electronic data interchange and by fax. We generally provide toll-free telephone
number access for our customers in countries where it is customary. Certain domestic call centers are linked to provide telephone
backup in the event of a disruption in phone service.

Certain of our products are carried in stock, and orders for such products are fulfilled on a timely basis directly from our distribution
centers, typically within one the day of the order. We operate out of multiple sales and distribution facilities in North America and
Europe. Orders are generally shipped by third-party delivery services. We maintain relationships with a number of large distributors in
North America and Europe that also deliver products directly to our customers.

We provide extensive technical telephone support to our private label PC customers. We maintain a database of commonly asked
questions for our technical support representatives, enabling them to respond quickly to similar questions. We conduct regular on-site
training seminars for our sales representatives to help ensure that they are well trained and informed regarding our latest product
offerings.

Suppliers

We purchase substantially all of our products and components directly from manufacturers and large wholesale distributors. In 2009,
one vendor accounted for 12.0% of our purchases and another vendor accounted for 11.3% of our purchases. One vendor accounted
for 12.0% and 14.4% of our purchases in 2008 and 2007, respectively. The loss of these vendors, or any other key vendors, could have
a material adverse effect on us.

Certain private label products are manufactured by third-parties to our specifications. Many of these private label products have been
designed or developed by our in-house product design and development teams.

6

Competition and Other Market Factors

Technology Products

The North American and European technology product markets are highly competitive, with many U.S., Asian and European
companies vying for market share. There are few barriers of entry, with these products being sold through multiple channels of
distribution, including direct marketers, local and national retail computer stores, computer resellers, mass merchants, over the internet
and by computer and office supply superstores.

Timely introduction of new products or product features are critical elements to remaining competitive. Other competitive factors
include product performance, quality and reliability, technical support and customer service, marketing and distribution and price.
Some of our competitors have stronger brand-recognition, broader product lines and greater financial, marketing, manufacturing and
technological resources than us. Additionally, our results could also be adversely affected should we be unable to maintain our
technological and marketing arrangements with other companies, such as Microsoft®, Intel® and Advanced Micro Devices®.

With conditions in the market for technology products remaining highly competitive, reductions in retail prices, as we experienced in
2009, would adversely affect our revenues and profits. Additionally, we rely in part upon the introduction of new technologies and
products by other manufacturers in order to sustain long-term sales growth and profitability. There is no assurance that the rapid rate
of such technological advances and product development will continue.

Current economic conditions raise additional factors as the loss of consumer confidence in the Company’s markets could result in a
decrease of spending in the categories of products we sell.
reduce manufacturing capacity and create shortages of product.

It is also possible that as manufacturers react to the marketplace they may

Industrial Products

The market for the sale of industrial products in North America is highly fragmented and is characterized by multiple distribution
channels such as small dealerships, direct mail distribution, internet-based resellers, large warehouse stores and retail outlets. We also
face competition from manufacturers’ own sales representatives, who sell industrial equipment directly to customers, and from
regional or local distributors. Many high volume purchasers, however, utilize catalog distributors as their first source of product. In the
industrial products market, customer purchasing decisions are primarily based on price, product selection, product availability, level of
service and convenience. We believe that direct marketing via sales representatives, catalog and the internet are effective and
convenient distribution methods to reach mid-sized facilities that place many small orders and require a wide selection of products. In
addition, because the industrial products market is highly fragmented and generally less brand oriented, it is well suited to private label
products.

Software Solutions

In June 2009, the Company announced plans to exit the Software Solutions segment as the result of economic conditions and
difficulties in marketing the segment’s products successfully (See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15
of this Form 10-K). Our Software Solutions segment participated in the emerging market for on-demand, web-based business software
applications through the marketing of our PCS ProfitCenter Software™ application. As of December 31, 2009 substantially all of the
third party business activities of the Software Solutions segments had been ended.

Employees

As of December 31, 2009, we employed a total of approximately 5,000 employees, of whom 3,500 were in North America and 1,500
were in Europe.

Seasonality

As the Company’s consumer channel sales have grown significantly in the past few years, the fourth quarter has represented a greater
portion of annual sales than historically. Net sales have historically been modestly weaker during the second and third quarters as a
result of lower business activity during those months. See Item 7, Management’s Discussions and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations; Seasonality.

Environmental Matters

Under various national, state and local environmental laws and regulations in North America and Western Europe, a current or
previous owner or operator (including the lessee) of real property may become liable for the costs of removal or remediation of
hazardous substances at such real property. Such laws and regulations often impose liability without regard to fault. We lease most of
our facilities. In connection with such leases, we could be held liable for the costs of removal or remedial actions with respect to

7

hazardous substances. Although we have not been notified of, and are not otherwise aware of, any material real property
environmental liability, claim or non-compliance, there can be no assurance that we will not be required to incur remediation or other
costs in connection with real property environmental matters in the future.

Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations

We conduct our business in North America (the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada) and Europe. Approximately 33.5%, 37.9%
and 39.7% of our net sales during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively were made by subsidiaries located outside of the United States.
For information pertaining to our international operations, see Note 10, “Segment and Related Information,” to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Form 10-K. The following sets forth selected information with respect to our
operations in those two geographic markets (in thousands):

2009
Net sales
Operating income
Identifiable assets

2008
Net sales
Operating income
Identifiable assets

2007
Net sales
Operating income
Identifiable assets

North
America

Europe

Total

$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$
$

2,317,475
62,070
591,990

2,092,372
62,268
552,459

1,847,477
82,365
488,761

$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$
$

848,520
11,321
224,911

940,589
21,099
149,994

932,398
11,577
185,110

$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$
$

3,165,995
73,391
816,901

3,032,961
83,367
702,453

2,779,875
93,942
673,871

See Item 7, Management’s Discussions and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for further information with
respect to our operations.

Available Information

We maintain an internet website at www.systemax.com. We file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission and make
available free of charge on or through this website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current
reports on Form 8-K, including all amendments to those reports. These are available as soon as is reasonably practicable after they are
filed with the SEC. All reports mentioned above are also available from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). The information on our
website is not part of this or any other report we file with, or furnish to, the SEC.

Our Board of Directors has adopted the following corporate governance documents with respect to the Company (the “Corporate
Governance Documents”):







Corporate Ethics Policy for officers, directors and employees
Charter for the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors
Charter for the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
Charter for the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors
Corporate Governance Guidelines and Principles

In accordance with the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, each of the Corporate Governance Documents is available
on our Company website (www.systemax.com).

8

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

There are a number of factors and variables described below that may affect our future results of operations and financial condition.
Other factors of which we are currently not aware or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our results of operations and
financial position.

Risks Related to the Economy and Our Industries

 General economic conditions, such as decreased consumer confidence and spending, reductions in manufacturing
capacity, and inflation could result in our failure to achieve our historical sales growth rates and profit levels.

Current economic conditions may cause the loss of consumer confidence in the Company’s markets which may result in a
decrease of spending in the categories of products we sell. With conditions in the market for technology products
remaining highly competitive, reductions in our retail prices, as we experienced in 2009, would adversely affect our
revenues and profits. It is also possible that as manufacturers react to the marketplace they may reduce manufacturing
capacity or allocations to their customers creating shortages of product. Both we and our customers are subject to global
political, economic and market conditions, including inflation, interest rates, energy costs, the impact of natural disasters,
military action and the threat of terrorism. Our consolidated results of operations are directly affected by economic
conditions in North America and Europe. We may experience a decline in sales as a result of poor economic conditions
and the lack of visibility relating to future orders. Our results of operations depend upon, among other things, our ability to
maintain and increase sales volumes with existing customers, our ability to limit price reductions and maintain our
margins, our ability to attract new customers and the financial condition of our customers. A decline in the economy that
adversely affects our customers, causing them to limit or defer their spending, would likely adversely affect our sales,
prices and profitability as well. We cannot predict with any certainty whether we will be able to maintain or improve upon
historical sales volumes with existing customers, or whether we will be able to attract new customers.

In response to economic and market conditions, from time to time we have undertaken initiatives to reduce our cost
structure where appropriate. These initiatives, as well as any future workforce and facilities reductions, may not be
sufficient to meet current and future changes in

economic and market conditions and allow us to continue to achieve the growth rates and levels of profitability we have
recently experienced. In addition, costs actually incurred in connection with our restructuring actions may be higher than
our estimates of such costs and/or may not lead to the anticipated cost savings.



The markets for our products and services are extremely competitive and if we are unable to successfully respond to our
competitors’ strategies our sales and gross margins will be adversely affected.

We may not be able to compete effectively with current or future competitors. The markets for our products and services
are intensely competitive and subject to constant technological change. We expect this competition to further intensify in
the future. Competitive factors include price, availability, service and support. We compete with a wide variety of other
resellers and retailers, as well as manufacturers. Many of our competitors are larger companies with greater financial,
marketing and product development resources than ours. In addition, new competitors may enter our markets. This may
place us at a disadvantage in responding to competitors’ pricing strategies, technological advances and other initiatives,
resulting in our inability to increase our revenues or maintain our gross margins in the future.

In most cases our products compete directly with those offered by other manufacturers and distributors. If any of our
competitors were to develop products or services that are more cost-effective or technically superior, demand for our
product offerings could decrease.

Our gross margins are also dependent on the mix of products we sell and could be adversely affected by a continuation of
our customers’ shift to lower-priced products.



State sales tax laws may be changed which could result in ecommerce and direct mail retailers having to collect sales
taxes in states where the current laws do not require us to do so. This could reduce demand for our products in such
states and could result in us having substantial tax liabilities for past sales.

Our United States subsidiaries collect and remit sales tax in states in which the subsidiaries have physical presence or in
which we believe nexus exists which obligates us to collect sales tax. Other states may, from time to time, claim that we
have state-related activities constituting a sufficient nexus to require such collection. Additionally, many other states seek
to impose sales tax collection obligations on companies that sell goods to customers in their state, or directly to the state
and its political subdivisions, even without a physical presence. Such efforts by states have increased recently, as states

9

seek to raise revenues without increasing the tax burden on residents. We rely on United States Supreme Court decisions
which hold that, without Congressional authority, a state may not enforce a sales tax collection obligation on a company
that has no physical presence in the state and whose only contacts with the state are through the use of interstate commerce
such as the mailing of catalogs into the state and the delivery of goods by mail or common carrier. We cannot predict
whether the nature or level of contacts we have with a particular state will be deemed enough to require us to collect sales
tax in that state nor can we be assured that Congress or individual states will not approve legislation authorizing states to
impose tax collection obligations on all e-commerce and/or direct mail transactions. A successful assertion by one or more
states that we should collect sales tax on the sale of merchandise could result in substantial tax liabilities related to past
sales and would result in considerable administrative burdens and costs for us and may reduce demand for our products
from customers in such states when we charge customers for such taxes.



Events such as acts of war or terrorism, natural disasters, changes in law, or large losses could adversely affect our
insurance coverage and insurance expense, resulting in an adverse affect on our profitability and financial condition.

We insure for certain property and casualty risks consisting primarily of physical loss to property, business interruptions
resulting from property losses, worker’s compensation, comprehensive general liability, and auto liability. Insurance
coverage is obtained for catastrophic property and casualty exposures as well as those risks required to be insured by law
or contract. Although we believe that our insurance coverage is reasonable, significant events such as acts of war and
terrorism, economic conditions, judicial decisions, legislation, natural disasters and large losses could materially affect our
insurance obligations and future expense.



Changes in accounting standards or practices, as well as new accounting pronouncements or interpretations, may require
us to account for and report our financial results in a different manner in the future, which may be less favorable than the
manner used historically.

A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our reported
accounting pronouncements and interpretations of existing accounting rules and practices have occurred and may occur in
the future. Changes to existing rules may adversely affect our reported financial results.

results of operations. New

Risks Related to Our Company

 We rely to a great extent on our information and telecommunications systems, and significant system failures or outages,
or our failure to properly evaluate, upgrade or replace our systems, or the failure of our security/safety measures to
protect our systems and websites, could have an adverse affect on our results of operations.

We rely on a variety of information and telecommunications systems in our operations. Our success is dependent in large
part on the accuracy and proper use of our information systems, including our telecommunications systems. To manage
our growth, we continually evaluate the adequacy of our existing systems and procedures. We anticipate that we will
regularly need to make capital expenditures to upgrade and modify our management information systems, including
software and hardware, as we grow and the needs of our business change. In particular, our financial and retail point of
sale systems will be replaced during the coming years. The occurrence of a significant system failure, electrical or
telecommunications outages or our failure to expand or successfully implement new systems could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations.

Our information systems networks, including our websites, and applications could be adversely affected by viruses or
worms and may be vulnerable to malicious acts such as hacking. The availability and efficiency of sales via our websites
could also be adversely affected by “denial of service” attacks and other unfair competitive practices. Although we take
preventive measures, these procedures may not be sufficient to avoid harm to our operations, which could have an adverse
effect on our results of operations.

 We rely on third party suppliers for most of our products and services. The loss or interruption of these relationships could
impact our sales volumes, the levels of inventory we must carry, and/or result in sales delays and/or higher inventory costs
from new suppliers. Coop advertising and other sales incentives provided by our suppliers could decrease in the future
thereby increasing our expenses and adversely affecting our results of operations and cash flows.

We purchase substantially all of our computer products from major distributors and directly from large manufacturers who
may deliver those products directly to our customers. These relationships enable us to make available to our customers a
wide selection of products without having to maintain large amounts of inventory. The termination or interruption of our
relationships with any of these suppliers could materially adversely affect our business.

10

Our PC products contain electronic components, subassemblies and software that in some cases are supplied through sole
or limited source third-party suppliers, some of which are located outside of the U.S. Although we do not anticipate any
problems procuring supplies in the near-term, there is no assurance that parts and supplies will be available in a timely
manner and at reasonable prices. Any loss of, or interruption of, supply from key suppliers may require us to find new
suppliers. This could result in production or development delays while new suppliers are located, which could
substantially impair operating results. If the availability of these or other components used in the manufacture of our
products was to decrease, or if the prices for these components were to increase significantly, operating costs and expenses
could be adversely affected.

We purchase a number of our products from vendors outside of the United States. Difficulties encountered by one or
several of these suppliers could halt or disrupt production and delay completion or cause the cancellation of our orders.
Delays or interruptions in the transportation network could result in loss or delay of timely receipt of product required to
fulfill customer orders.

Many product suppliers provide us with co-op advertising support in exchange for featuring their products in our catalogs
and on our internet sites. Certain suppliers provide us with other incentives such as rebates, reimbursements, payment
discounts, price protection and other similar arrangements. These incentives are offset against cost of goods sold or
selling, general and administrative expenses, as applicable. The level of co-op advertising support and other incentives
received from suppliers may decline in the future, which could increase our cost of goods sold or selling, general and
administrative expenses and have an adverse effect on results of operations and cash flows.

 Goodwill and intangible assets may become impaired resulting in a charge to earnings.

The acquisition of certain assets of CompUSA, CircuitCity and the purchase of the stock of WStore Europe SA resulted in
the recording of significant intangible assets and or goodwill. We are required to test goodwill and intangible assets
annually to determine if the carrying values of these assets are impaired or on a more frequent basis if indicators of
impairment exist. If any of our goodwill or intangible assets are determined to be impaired we may be required to record a
significant charge to earnings in the period during which the impairment is discovered.

 Our substantial international operations are subject to risks such as fluctuations in currency rates (which can adversely

impact foreign revenues and profits when translated to US Dollars), foreign regulatory requirements, political uncertainty
and the management of our growing international operations.

We operate internationally and as a result, we are subject to risks associated with doing business globally. Risks inherent
to operating overseas include:

Changes in a country’s economic or political conditions
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates



 Difficulties with staffing and managing international operations
 Unexpected changes in regulatory requirements

For example, we currently have operations located in numerous countries outside the United States, and non-U.S. sales
(Europe, Canada and Puerto Rico) accounted for approximately 33.5% of our revenue during 2009. To the extent the U.S.
dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, our foreign revenues and profits will be reduced when translated into U.S.
dollars.

 We are exposed to various inventory risks, such as being unable to profitably resell excess or obsolete inventory and/or
the loss of product return rights and price protection from our vendors; such events could lower our gross margins or
result in inventory write-downs that would reduce reported future earnings.

Our inventory is subject to risk due to technological change and changes in market demand for particular products. If we
fail to manage our inventory of older products we may have excess or obsolete inventory. We may have limited rights to
return purchases to certain suppliers and we may not be able to obtain price protection on these items. The elimination of
purchase return privileges and lack of availability of price protection could lower our gross margin or result in inventory
write-downs.

We also take advantage of attractive product pricing by making opportunistic bulk inventory purchases; any resulting
excess and/or obsolete inventory that we are not able to re-sell could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
Any inability to make such bulk inventory purchases may significantly impact our sales and profitability.

11



If we fail to observe certain restrictions and covenants under our credit facilities the lenders could refuse to waive such
default, terminate the credit facility and demand immediate repayment, which would adversely affect our cash position and
materially adversely affect our operations.

Our United States/United Kingdom combined revolving credit agreement contains covenants restricting or limiting our
ability to, among other things:

incur additional debt
create or permit liens on assets



 make capital expenditures or investments


pay dividends

If we fail to comply with the covenants and other requirements set forth in the credit agreement, we would be in default
and would need to negotiate a waiver agreement with the lenders. Failure to agree on such a waiver could result in the
lenders terminating the credit agreement and demanding repayment of any outstanding borrowings, which could adversely
affect our cash position and adversely affect the availability of financing to us, which could materially impact our
operations.

 We have experienced rapid growth in retail stores in North America and to maintain their profitability we must effectively
manage our growth and cost structure, such as inventory needs, point of sales systems, personnel and lease expense.

We have 34 retail stores in North America at December 31 2009, a significant increase over 2008. The Company needs to
effectively manage its cost structure in order to maintain profitability including the additional inventory needs, retail point
of sales IT systems, retail personnel and leased facilities. Future growth in retail will also be dependent on the ability to
attract customers and build brand loyalty. The retail computer and consumer electronics business is highly competitive and
has narrow gross margins. If we fail to manage our growth and cost structure while maintaining high levels of service and
meeting competitive pressures adequately, our business plan may not be achieved and may lead to reduced profitability.



The failure to timely and satisfactorily process manufacturers’ and our own rebate programs could negatively impact our
customer satisfaction levels.

Similar to other companies in the technology products industry, we advertise manufacturers’ mail-in rebates on many
products we sell and, in some cases, offer our own rebates. These rebates are processed through third party vendors and
in house. If these rebates are not processed in a timely and satisfactory manner by either third party vendors or our in
house operations, our reputation in the marketplace could be negatively impacted. See Item 3, Legal Proceedings.

 We may be unable to reduce prices in reaction to competitive pressures, or implement cost reductions or new product line
expansion to address gross profit and operating margin pressures; failure to mitigate these pressures could adversely
affect our operating results and financial condition.

The computer and consumer electronics industry is highly price competitive and gross profit margins are narrow and
variable. The Company’s ability to further reduce prices in reaction to competitive pressure is limited. Additionally, gross
margins and operating margins are affected by changes in factors such as vendor pricing, vendor rebate and or price
protection programs, product return rights, and product mix. Pricing pressure continued to be prevalent in 2009 as a result
of the significant decline in economic activity in the markets we serve and we expect this to continue during this or any
period of sustained economic decline. We may not be able to mitigate these pricing pressures and resultant declines in
sales and gross profit margin with cost reductions in other areas or expansion into new product lines. If we are unable to
proportionately mitigate these conditions our operating results and financial condition may suffer.

 We depend on bank credit facilities to address our working capital and cash flow needs from time to time, and if we are

unable to renew or replace these facilities, or borrowing capacity were to be reduced our liquidity and capital resources
may be adversely affected.

We require significant levels of capital in our business to finance accounts receivable and inventory. We maintain credit
facilities in the United States and in Europe to finance increases in our working capital if available cash is insufficient.
The amount of credit available to us at any point in time may be adversely affected by the quality or value of the assets
collateralizing these credit lines. In addition, if we are unable to renew or replace these facilities at maturity our liquidity
and capital resources may be adversely affected. However, we currently have no reason to believe that we will not be able
to renew or replace our facilities when they reach maturity.

12

We would be exposed to liability, including substantial fines and penalties and, in extreme cases, loss of our ability to
accept credit cards, in the event our privacy and data security policies and procedures are inadequate to prevent security
breaches of our consumer personal information and credit card information records.

In processing our sales orders we often collect personal information and credit card information from our customers. The
Company has privacy and data security policies in place which are designed to prevent security breaches, however, if a
third party or a rogue employee or employees are able to bypass our network security or otherwise compromise our
customers’ personal information or credit card information, we could be subject to liability. This liability may include
claims for identity theft, unauthorized purchases, claims alleging misrepresentation of our privacy and data security
practices or other related claims. Further, the Company has not yet achieved full compliance with the Payment Card
Industry (“PCI”) security standards. Without full compliance any breach involving the loss of credit card information may
lead to PCI related fines of up to $500,000. In the event of a severe breach credit card providers may prevent the accepting
of credit cards. Any such liability related to the aforementioned risks could lead to reduced profitability and damage our
brand(s) and or reputation.



Sales to individual customers expose us to credit card fraud, which impacts our operations. If we fail to adequately
protect ourselves from credit card fraud, our operations could be adversely impacted.

Failure to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions could increase our expenses. Increased sales to individual
consumers, which are more likely to be paid for using a credit card, increases our exposure to fraud. We employ
technology solutions to help us detect the fraudulent use of credit card information. However, if we are unable to detect or
control credit card fraud, we may suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data, which could
adversely affect our business.

 Our profitability can be adversely affected by increases in our income tax exposure due to, among other things, changes in

the mix of U.S. and non-U.S. revenues and earnings, changes in tax rates or laws, changes in our effective tax rate due to
changes in the mix of earnings among different countries and changes in valuation of our deferred tax assets and
liabilities.

Changes in our income tax expense due to changes in the mix of U.S. and non-U.S. revenues and profitability, changes in
tax rates or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could affect our profitability. We are subject to income taxes in the
United States and various foreign jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of
earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities,
changes in tax laws or by material audit assessments. The carrying value of our deferred tax assets, which are primarily in
the United States and the United Kingdom, is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable income in those
jurisdictions. In addition, the amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits in various jurisdictions and a
material assessment by a tax authority could affect our profitability.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

13

Item 2. Properties.

We operate our business from numerous facilities in North America and Europe. These facilities include our headquarters location,
administrative offices, telephone call centers, distribution centers, computer assembly and retail stores. Certain facilities handle
multiple functions. Most of our facilities are leased; certain are owned by the Company.

North America

As of December 31, 2009 we have 6 distribution centers in North America which aggregate approximately 1.2 million square feet, all
of which are leased. Our headquarters, administrative offices and call centers aggregate approximately 250,000 square feet, all of
which are leased. Our computer assembly facility is 297,000 square feet and is owned by the Company.

The following table summarizes the geographic location of our North America stores at the end of 2009:

Location
Delaware
Florida
Illinois
North Carolina
Puerto Rico
Texas
Ontario, Canada

Stores Open – 12/31/08
—
15
3
2
1
3
5
29

Store Openings
1
3
—
—
—
1
—
5

Stores Open – 12/31/09
1
18
3
2
1
4
5
34

All of our retail stores are leased. The retail stores average 21,700 square feet.

Europe

As of December 31, 2009 we have 7 distribution centers in Europe which aggregate approximately 300,000 square feet. Six of these,
aggregating approximately 224,000 square feet, are leased; one distribution center of approximately 76,000 square feet is owned by
the Company. Our administrative offices and call centers aggregate approximately 254,000 square feet, of which 176,000 square feet
are leased and 78,000 square feet are owned by the Company.

Please refer to Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about leased properties.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

State of Florida, Office of the Attorney General

On September 4, 2009, the Office of the Attorney General, Department of Legal Affairs for the State of Florida filed a lawsuit against
OnRebate.com Inc, TigerDirect Inc. and Systemax Inc. in the Circuit Court of the Eleventh Judicial Court for Miami-Dade County,
Florida alleging deceptive and unfair trade practices under Florida law relating to the offering and processing of customer rebates.
The lawsuit seeks injunctive relief, damages, civil penalties and other equitable relief. The Company denies the allegations in the
lawsuit and intends to vigorously defend the case.

Other Matters

Systemax is a party to various pending legal proceedings and disputes arising in the normal course of business, including those
involving commercial, employment, tax and intellectual property related claims, none of which, in management’s opinion, is
anticipated to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

None.

14

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Systemax common stock is traded on the NYSE Euronext Exchange under the symbol “SYX.” The following table sets forth the high
and low closing sales price of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated.

2009
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

2008
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

$

$

High

Low

$

$

14.19
17.30
14.29
16.46

20.32
20.89
18.43
15.10

9.12
11.25
11.34
12.00

9.01
12.06
14.04
8.75

On January 2, 2010, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $15.71 per share. As of
January 2, 2010, we had 215 shareholders of record.

On November 16, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a special dividend of $.75 per share payable on December 15,
2009 to shareholders of record on December 1, 2009. This special dividend is the third dividend we have paid since our initial public
offering. Depending in part upon profitability, the strength of our balance sheet, our cash position and the need to retain cash for the
development and expansion of our business, we may decide to declare another special dividend in the future.

On March 3, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a special dividend of $1.00 per share payable on April 2, 2008 to
shareholders of record on March 21, 2008. This special dividend is the second dividend we have paid since our initial public offering.

On March 14, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a special dividend of $1.00 per share payable on April 12, 2007 to
shareholders of record on April 2, 2007. This special dividend was the first dividend we have paid since our initial public offering.

In May 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common
stock. During 2009 the Company repurchased 98,934 common shares. Details of all repurchases are as follows:

Fiscal Month

August 2008
December 2008
March 2009
May 2009
June 2009

Total

Total Number of
Shares Purchased

Average Price
Paid Per Share

228,401
246,900
32,444
29,200
37,290

574,235

$
$
$
$
$

$

15.04
9.67
11.63
12.02
11.97

12.19

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

228,401
475,301
507,745
536,945
574,235

1,771,599
1,524,699
1,492,255
1,463,055
1,425,765

Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans and a performance graph relating to the
Company’s common stock is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2010 annual meeting of shareholders and is
incorporated by reference herein.

15

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following selected financial information is qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company’s
Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this report. The selected statement of operations data for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and
2007 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 2009 and 2008 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements
which are included elsewhere in this report. The selected balance sheet data as of December 2007, 2006 and 2005 and the selected
statement of operations data for fiscal years 2006 and 2005 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the
Company which are not included in this report.

Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales
Gross profit
Operating income
Net income
Per Share Amounts:
Net income — diluted (1)
Weighted average common shares — diluted
Cash dividends declared per common share
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital
Total assets
Long-term debt, excluding current portion
Shareholders’ equity

2009

3,166.0
460.2
73.4
46.2

1.24
37.3
.75

250.1
816.9
1.2
364.7

$
$
$
$

$

$

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

$

$

$
$
$
$

Years Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share data)
2007

2006

2008

3,033.0
458.6
83.4
52.8

1.40
37.7
1.00

253.1
702.5
1.4
334.0

$
$
$
$

$

$

$
$
$
$

2,779.9
426.3
93.9
69.5

1.84
37.8
1.00

274.4
677.6
.3
335.8

$
$
$
$

$

$

$
$
$
$

2,345.2
342.9
60.7
45.1

1.22
36.9

$
$
$
$

$

— $

229.4
584.1
.5
289.5

$
$
$
$

2005

2,115.5
307.3
37.2
11.4

.31
36.5
—

169.8
504.5
8.0
232.8

(1) previous years have been restated in accordance with accounting guidance concerning participating securities

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Overview

Systemax is primarily a direct marketer of brand name and private label products. Our operations are organized in three reportable
business segments — Technology Products, Industrial Products and Software Solutions.

Our Technology Products segment sells computers, computer supplies and consumer electronics which are marketed in North
America, Puerto Rico and Europe. Except for certain PC and related products that we assemble ourselves and sell on a private label
basis, substantially all of our products are manufactured by other companies. We also sell private label brands. Technology products
accounted for 94%, 92% and 92% of our net sales in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Our Industrial Products segment sells a wide array of material handling equipment, storage equipment, and consumable industrial
items which are marketed in North America. Most of these products are manufactured by other companies. Some products are
manufactured for us to our own design and marketed under the trademarks Global™, GlobalIndustrial.com™ and Nexel™. Industrial
products accounted for 6%, 8% and 8%, of our net sales in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In both of these product groups, we
offer our customers a broad selection of products, prompt order fulfillment and extensive customer service.

The Company announced plans to exit the Software Solutions segment during the second quarter of 2009 as a result of economic
conditions and difficulties in marketing the segment’s products successfully. (See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in Item 15 of this Form 10-K). As of December 31, 2009 substantially all of the third party business activities of the
Software Solutions segments had been ended. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this
Form 10-K for additional financial information about our business segments as well as information about our geographic operations.

The market for computer products and consumer electronics is subject to intense price competition and is characterized by narrow
gross profit margins. The North American industrial products market is highly fragmented and we compete against companies
utilizing multiple distribution channels. Distribution is working capital intensive, requiring us to incur significant costs associated with
the warehousing of many products, including the costs of leasing warehouse space, maintaining inventory and inventory management
systems, and employing personnel to perform the associated tasks. We supplement our on-hand product availability by maintaining
relationships with major distributors and manufacturers, utilizing a combination of stocking and drop-shipment fulfillment.

16

The primary component of our operating expenses historically has been employee related costs, which includes items such as wages,
commissions, bonuses, employee benefits and stock option expenses. We continually assess our operations to ensure that they are
efficient, aligned with market conditions and responsive to customer needs.

During the third quarter of 2009, the Company acquired WStore Europe SA and its subsidiaries, (“WStore”), a European supplier of
business IT products and software solutions with operations in France and the United Kingdom for approximately $4.4 million in cash
(see “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15
of this Form 10-K).

During the second quarter of 2009, the Company purchased certain intellectual property and ecommerce assets owned by Circuit City
Stores, Inc. and Circuit City Stores West Coast, Inc for $14.0 million in cash plus a sales-based royalty over 30 months (See Note 2 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Form 10-K).

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this
Form 10-K. Certain accounting policies require the application of significant judgment by management in selecting the appropriate
assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty, and
as a result, actual results could differ from those estimates. These judgments are based on historical experience, observation of trends
in the industry, information provided by customers and information available from other outside sources, as appropriate. Management
believes that full consideration has been given to all relevant circumstances that we may be subject to, and the consolidated financial
statements of the Company accurately reflect management’s best estimate of the consolidated results of operations, financial position
and cash flows of the Company for the years presented. We identify below a number of policies that entail significant judgments or
estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different conditions or assumptions.

Revenue Recognition. We recognize product sales when persuasive evidence of an order arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the
sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Generally, these criteria are met at the time of receipt by
customers when title and risk of loss both are transferred. Sales are shown net of returns and allowances, rebates and sales incentives.
Reserves for estimated returns and allowances are provided when sales are recorded, based on historical experience and current trends.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable. We record an allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect our estimate of the collectibility
of our trade accounts receivable. We evaluate the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors, including an
analysis of the age of customer accounts and our historical experience with accounts receivable write-offs. The analysis also includes
the financial condition of a specific customer or industry, and general economic conditions. In circumstances where we are aware of
customer charge-backs or a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts applicable to
amounts due to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount management reasonably believes will be collected is recorded. In
those situations with ongoing discussions, the amount of bad debt recognized is based on the status of the discussions. While bad debt
allowances have been within expectations and the provisions established, there can be no guarantee that we will continue to
experience the same allowance rate we have in the past.

Inventory valuation. We value our inventories at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on the first-in, first-out method
except in Europe and retail locations where an average cost is used. Excess and obsolete or unmarketable merchandise are written
down based on historical experience, assumptions about future product demand and market conditions. If market conditions are less
favorable than projected or if technological developments result in accelerated obsolescence, additional write-downs may be required.
While obsolescence and resultant markdowns have been within expectations, there can be no guarantee that we will continue to
experience the same level of markdowns we have in the past.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets. We apply the provisions of relevant accounting guidance in our valuation of goodwill, trademarks,
domain names, client lists and other intangible assets. Relevant accounting guidance requires that goodwill and indefinite lived
intangibles be reviewed at least annually for impairment or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. The amount of an
impairment loss would be recognized as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value.

Long-lived Assets. Management exercises judgment in evaluating our long-lived assets for impairment and in their depreciation and
amortization methods and lives. We believe we will generate sufficient undiscounted cash flow to more than recover the investments
made in property, plant and equipment. Our estimates of future cash flows involve assumptions concerning future operating
performance and economic conditions. While we believe that our estimates of future cash flows are reasonable, different assumptions
regarding such cash flows could materially affect our evaluations.

Accruals. Management exercises judgment in estimating various period end liabilities such as costs related to vendor drop shipments,
sales returns and allowances, cooperative advertising and customer rebate reserves, and other vendor and employee related costs.
While we believe that these estimates are reasonable, any significant deviation of actual costs as compared to these estimates could
have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

17

Income Taxes. We are subject to taxation from federal, state and foreign jurisdictions and the determination of our tax provision is
complex and requires significant management judgment. Management judgment is also applied in the determination of deferred tax
assets and liabilities and any valuation allowances that might be required in connection with our ability to realize deferred tax assets.

Since we conduct operations in numerous US states and internationally, our effective tax rate depends upon the geographic
distribution of our pre-tax income or losses among locations with varying tax rates and rules. As the geographic mix of our pre-tax
results among various tax jurisdictions changes, the effective tax rate may vary from period to period. We are also subject to periodic
examination from domestic and foreign tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. These examinations include questions
regarding the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. We have established, and
periodically reevaluate, an estimated income tax reserve on our consolidated balance sheet to provide for the possibility of adverse
outcomes in income tax proceedings. While management believes that we have identified all reasonably identifiable exposures and
that the reserve we have established for identifiable exposures is appropriate under the circumstances, it is possible that additional
exposures exist and that exposures may be settled at amounts different than the amounts reserved.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax bases of recorded
assets and liabilities and for tax loss carry forwards. The realization of net deferred tax assets is dependent upon our ability to generate
sufficient future taxable income. Where it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized,
we have provided a valuation allowance. If the realization of those deferred tax assets in the future is considered more likely than not,
an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would increase net income in the period such determination is made. In the event that actual
results differ from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, an adjustment to the valuation allowance may be
required, which could materially affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Restructuring charges. We have taken restructuring actions in the past and could in the future commence further restructuring
activities which result in recognition of restructuring charges if events make it necessary. These actions require management to make
judgments and utilize significant estimates regarding the nature, timing and amounts of costs associated with the activity. When we
incur a liability related to a restructuring action, we estimate and record all appropriate expenses, including expenses for severance and
other employee separation costs, facility consolidation costs (including estimates of sublease income), lease cancellations, asset
impairments and any other exit costs. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates; the amount of the restructuring charges
could be impacted, which could materially affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Recently Adopted and Newly Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Public companies in the United States are subject to the accounting and reporting requirements of various authorities, including the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These authorities issue
numerous pronouncements, most of which are not applicable to the Company’s current or reasonably foreseeable operating structure.
Below are the new authoritative pronouncements that management believes are relevant to the Company’s current operations.

In October 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance related to revenue recognition in multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements and
certain arrangements that include software elements. This standard eliminates the residual method of revenue allocation by requiring
entities to allocate revenue in an arrangement to all of the deliverables based upon the relative selling prices of the delivered goods and
services The FASB also issued a new accounting standard in October 2009, which changes revenue recognition for tangible products
containing software and hardware elements. Under this standard, tangible products containing software and hardware that function
together to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality are scoped out of the existing software revenue recognition guidance
and will be accounted for under the multiple-element arrangements revenue recognition guidance discussed above. Both standards are
effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of the adoption
of this standard on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted authoritative guidance that establishes principles and requirements for how an
acquirer in a business combination (i) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities
assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, (ii) recognizes and measures goodwill acquired in a business combination or
a gain from a bargain purchase, and (iii) determines what information to disclose to enable users of financial statements to evaluate the
nature and financial effects of the business combination. This guidance is applied prospectively for all business combinations entered
into after the date of adoption. In the third quarter of 2009 the Company expensed approximately $0.8 million of costs that would have
been capitalized under previous guidance.

In June 2008, FASB issued authoritative guidance to clarify that instruments granted in share-based payment transactions can be
participating securities prior to the requisite service having been rendered. The guidance applies to the calculation of Earnings Per
Share (“EPS”) for share-based payment awards with rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. Unvested share-based payment
awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities
and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. This guidance became effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. All prior-period EPS

18

data presented is adjusted retrospectively (including interim financial statements, summaries of earnings, and selected financial data).
The Company adopted this authoritative guidance in January 2009 and it did not have a material impact on its condensed consolidated
financial statements.

Highlights from 2009

The discussion of our results of operations and financial condition that follows will provide information that will assist
in
understanding our financial statements and information about how certain accounting principles and estimates affect the consolidated
financial statements. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included herein.

Sales increase of 4.4% to $3.2 billion in 2009 over 2008.
Completed CircuitCity.com asset purchase and WStore Europe SA and Subsidiaries (“WStore”) stock purchase.



 Opened five new retail stores.

 Diluted earnings per share declined to $1.24 from $1.40 in 2008.
 Movements in exchange rates negatively impacted European and Canadian sales by approximately $103.6 million and $17.3

Exited unprofitable Software Solutions segment.

million, respectively.
52 weeks in 2009 and 2007 vs. 53 weeks in 2008.



Key Performance Indicators (in thousands):

Results of Operations

2009

2008

%
Change

2008

2007

%
Change

Years Ended December 31,

Net sales by segment:
Technology products
Industrial products
Software solutions
Total net sales

Net sales by geography:
North America
Europe

Total net sales

Consolidated gross profit
Consolidated gross margin
Consolidated selling, general and

$ 2,967,896
196,129
1,970
$ 3,165,995

$ 2,317,475
848,520
$ 3,165,995
460,248
$

$ 2,795,441
237,027
493
$ 3,032,961

$ 2,092,372
940,589
$ 3,032,961
458,559
$

14.5%

15.1%

(17.3)%
299.6%

6.2% $ 2,795,441
237,027
493
4.4% $ 3,032,961

10.8% $ 2,092,372
940,589
(9.8)%
4.4% $ 3,032,961
458,559

.4% $
(.6)%

$ 2,553,716
225,746
413
$ 2,779,875

$ 1,847,477
932,398
$ 2,779,875
426,301
$

15.1%

15.3%

9.5%
5.0%
19.4%
9.1%

13.3%
.9%
9.1%
7.6%
(.2)%

administrative costs

$

386,857

$

375,192

3.1% $

375,192

$

332,359

12.9%

Consolidated selling, general and
administrative costs as % of
sales

Operating income (loss) by

segment:

Technology products
Industrial products
Software solutions
Consolidated operating income
Operating margin by segment:
Technology products
Industrial products
Software solutions
Consolidated operating margin
Effective income tax rate
Net income
Net margin

12.2%

12.4%

(.2)%

12.4%

12.0%

.4%

$

$

87,127
15,415
(6,457)
73,391

$

$

96,177
24,621
(17,948)
83,367

2.7%
.5%
(.2)%
2.3%
36.8%

3.2%
.8%
(.6)%
2.7%
36.9%

$

46,185

$

52,843

1.5%

1.7%

(9.4)% $

(37.4)%
64.0%
(12.0)% $

(.5)%
(.3)%
.4%
(.4)%
(.1)%
(12.6)% $
(.2)%

96,177
24,621
(17,948)
83,367

$

$

100,958
20,595
(15,813)
93,942

3.2%
.8%
(.6)%
2.7%
36.9%

3.6%
.7%
(.6)%
3.4%
30.5%

52,843

$

69,481

1.7%

2.5%

(4.7)%
19.5%
(13.5)%
(11.3)%

(.4)%
.1%
—
(.7)%
6.4%
(23.9)%
(.8)%

19

NET SALES

SEGMENTS:

The growth in Technology products sales in 2009 is attributable to increased retail and internet sales in the consumer channel, opening
5 retail stores and the two acquisitions completed during 2009. Sales attributable to Circuit City and WStore Europe SA and
subsidiaries (acquired in the second and third quarters of 2009, respectively) totaled approximately $131.1 million for the year. On a
constant currency basis, translating 2009 foreign results at 2008 exchange rates, sales would have grown 10.5%. or $120.9 million.
Adjusting for the impact of the number of weeks, Technology products sales increased 8.3% for the year.

North American technology products sales increased 14.3% in 2009 compared to 2008 benefiting from the opening of 5 retail stores
and the Circuit City acquisition which contributed $67.3 million in sales. On a constant currency basis, translating 2009 Other North
America results at 2008 exchange rates, North American technology products sales would have grown to 15.2%. The movement in the
exchange rates negatively impacted sales by approximately $17.3 million. Adjusting for the impact of the number of weeks, North
American technology products sales increased 16.7%.

European technology products sales declined 9.8% to $848.5 million as the result of slower business to business sales. The trend of
declining sales in Europe is expected to reverse as global economic conditions improve and as a result of the WStore acquisition. Sales
attributable to the WStore acquisition totaled approximately $63.8 million in 2009. On a constant currency basis, translating 2009
foreign results at 2008 exchange rates, European sales would have increased 1.2%. The movement in foreign exchange rates
accounted for $103.6 million of the revenue decline in Europe for the year. Adjusting for the impact of the number of weeks,
European sales would have declined 8.3%.

The decline in Industrial products sales is attributable to the slowdown in business to business economic activity which started in the
second half of 2008 and continued into 2009. Adjusting for the impact of the number of weeks, Industrial products sales decreased
15.9%. The Company has implemented strategies to improve sales growth such as expanding its product offerings and launching an
improved customer website.

The Company announced plans to exit its Software solutions segment during the second quarter of 2009. As of December 31, 2009
substantially all of the third party business activities of ProfitCenter Software had ended.

GEOGRAPHIES:

North American sales increased 10.8% to $2.3 billion compared to 2008. North American sales benefited from increased retail and
internet sales in the consumer channel, opening 5 retail stores and the Circuit City acquisition, which contributed $67.3 million of
sales offset by the declining sales in the Industrial products segment. On a constant currency basis, translating 2009 Other North
America results at 2008 exchange rates, North American sales would have grown to 11.6%. The movement in the exchange rates
negatively impacted sales by approximately $17.3 million. Adjusting for the impact of the number of weeks, North American sales
increased 13.1%.

European technology products sales declined 9.8% to $848.5 million. On a constant currency basis, European sales would have
increased 1.2%. Sales attributable to the WStore acquisition totaled approximately $63.8 million for the year. Movement in foreign
exchange rates accounted for $103.6 million of the sales decline in Europe for the year. The trend of declining sales in Europe is
expected to reverse as global economic conditions improve and as a result of the WStore acquisition.

Worldwide consumer-channel revenue, defined as revenues from retail stores, consumer websites, inbound call centers and, shopping
channels, were $1.8 billion compared to $1.6 billion in the same period in 2008, an increase of 12.2%. Growth was driven primarily
by volume increases in computers, including laptops and netbooks and consumer electronics, including televisions. Worldwide
business to business channel sales were $1.3 billion for 2009 compared to $1.4 billion in the prior year, a 4.9% decrease. Worldwide
business to business sales declined as the result of the global economic slowdown. The acquisition of WStore in September 2009
partially offset the decline.

2008 vs. 2007:

Sales increased in all reporting business segments and in both geographies during 2008 over 2007. The growth in Technology
Products sales increase was driven by increased internet and retail store sales as the result of the acquisition of the CompUSA. The
growth in Industrial Products sales resulted from the Company increasing its market share through aggressive acquisition of customers
via web and catalog advertising. Sales attributable to CompUSA web and retail were $226.3 million for the year. In Europe sales
increased .9% compared to 2007. Movements in foreign exchange rates positively impacted the European sales comparison by
approximately $13 million for the year. Excluding exchange rate benefits, European sales would have been flat year over year. Sales
in Canada (Other North America) increased by 13.9% compared to the prior year. Excluding exchange rate benefits, sales would have
increased 10.9% for the year. As in the United States, sales slowed in the second half of 2008 in Europe and Canada for both

20

consumer and business to business sales as the result of a slowdown in economic activity. Sales in the Software Solutions segment
were not material in 2008 and 2007. The Company reorganized this segment in the fourth quarter of 2008 which resulted in a charge
to earnings of approximately $1.7 million.

GROSS MARGIN

Consolidated gross margin declined in 2009.as the Company lowered certain product prices and offered freight incentives in order to
maintain and grow market share and to respond to competitive pricing pressures that started in 2008. Additionally, consolidated gross
margin has been impacted by a shift in mix, as higher margin Industrial Products accounted for a smaller percentage of consolidated
revenues than in previous years. Gross margin is dependent on variables such as product mix, vendor price protection and other sales
incentives, competition, pricing strategy, cooperative advertising funds required to be classified as a reduction to cost of sales, freight
discounting and other variables, any or all of which may result in fluctuations in gross margin.

Consolidated gross margin declined during 2008 over 2007 due primarily to competitive pricing pressures in the Technology Products
segment.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased in 2009 over 2008 primarily as a result of the increased sales volume, facility
and other operating costs related to opening additional retail stores, costs related to winding down the Software Solutions segment and
costs related to the WStore acquisition. Significant expense increases include approximately $7.8 million in charges for severance
costs, litigation and contractual lease terminations of which approximately $2.9 million of winding down costs related to Software
Solutions segment, $4.3 million of increased credit card fees, and $1.8 million of increased consulting services primarily incurred for
new software implementation offset by savings in other various expenses. Also included in 2009 is a gain of approximately $1.8
million from a lawsuit that was settled favorably.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased in 2008 over 2007 primarily as a result of the increase in sales volume, added
personnel, facility and other operating costs associated with the CompUSA acquisition, as well as increased accounting, auditing, legal
and professional expenses and reorganization charges incurred in our Software segment. CompUSA operations accounted for $23.6
million of these cost increases. Included in 2007 is a gain of approximately $2.4 million from a lawsuit that was settled favorably.

OPERATING MARGIN

Technology products operating margin decreased in 2009 compared to 2008 due to decline in business to business sales as the result
of the global economic slowdown, price promotions and freight discounts offered during the year and costs related to the WStore
acquisition.

Industrial products operating margin decreased in 2009 compared to 2008 due to the slowdown in sales coupled with additional
information technology staffing and other costs for the support of new products added and the newly launched e-commerce website.

Software solutions segment operating margin increased due to revenue recognized from contract terminations. This segment has been
winding down operations since the second quarter of 2009.

Corporate and other expenses operating costs increased 16.5% in 2009 as compared to 2008 due to increased expenses for new
software implementation, acquisition related costs and additional staffing and overhead costs to support the growth in the Company’s
business.

INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME AND INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense was $.9 million, $.3 million, and $1.0 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The interest expense increase in
2009 compared to 2008 is primarily attributable to the WStore acquisition assumed short term debt and interest on capital lease
obligations. Interest expense decreased in 2008 and 2007 as a result of decreased short-term borrowings in the Company’s subsidiaries
in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands. Interest and other income, net was $.8 million, $2.0 million, and $5.5 million in 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively.

INCOME TAXES

The Company’s effective tax rate was 36.8% in 2009 flat as compared to 36.9% in 2008. Included in the 2009 rate was a reversal of
tax reserves of approximately $0.9 million, as a result of statute expirations. If excluded, the Company’s effective tax rate would have
been 38.4%. The higher tax rate in 2009 is primarily attributed to a higher percentage of taxable income in countries that have higher
corporate tax rates. The Company’s effective tax rate will vary as the mix of pre tax income from the countries the Company does
business in varies.

21

The higher tax rate in 2008 compared to 2007 is primarily attributable to a higher effective tax rate in the United Kingdom in 2008 as
the result of the reversal of the valuation allowance in 2007. The lower effective tax rate in 2007 resulted primarily from the reversal
of a valuation allowance of approximately $5.9 million against deferred tax assets in the United Kingdom partially offset by the
recording of a valuation allowance of approximately $1.7 million against the deferred tax assets of Germany. The United Kingdom
valuation allowance, originally recorded at $10.2 million, had been established in 2005 as the result of a cumulative loss position in
the United Kingdom

During 2009, 2008, and 2007, we did not recognize certain foreign tax credits, certain state deferred tax assets in the United States and
certain benefits on losses in foreign tax jurisdictions due to our inability to carry such credits and losses back to prior years and our
determination that it was more likely than not that we would not generate sufficient future taxable income in those tax jurisdictions to
realize these assets. Accordingly, valuation allowances were recorded against the deferred tax assets associated with those items. If we
are able to realize all or part of these deferred tax assets in future periods, it will reduce our provision for income taxes by a release of
the corresponding valuation allowance.

Seasonality

As the Company’s consumer channel sales have grown significantly in the past few years, the fourth quarter has represented a greater
portion of annual sales than historically. Net sales have historically been modestly weaker during the second and third quarters as a
result of lower business activity during those months. The following table sets forth the net sales, gross profit and income from
operations for each of the quarters since January 1, 2007 (amounts in millions).

2009
Net sales
Percentage of year’s net sales
Gross profit
Operating income

2008
Net sales
Percentage of year’s net sales
Gross profit
Operating income

2007
Net sales
Percentage of year’s net sales
Gross profit
Operating income

March 31

June 30

September 30

December 31

Quarter Ended

$

$
$

$

$
$

$

$
$

752
23.8%
108
15

725
23.9%
114
26

676
24.3%
97
22

$

$
$

$

$
$

$

$
$

722
22.8%
107
9

756
24.9%
115
21

647
23.3%
99
20

$

$
$

$

$
$

$

$
$

754
23.8%
113
19

739
24.4%
115
20

687
24.7%
111
24

$

$
$

$

$
$

$

$
$

938
29.6%
132
30

813
26.8%
115
16

769
27.7%
120
28

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Selected liquidity data (in thousands):

December 31,

2009

2008

$ Change

Cash
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Current portion of capitalized lease obligations
Short term debt
Working capital

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

58,309
241,860
365,725
20,066
346,362
80,945
1,029
14,168
250,082

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$

115,967
182,841
290,594
12,667
285,410
72,352
773

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
— $
$

253,092

(57,658)
59,019
75,131
7,399
60,952
8,593
256
14,168
(3,010)

Our primary liquidity needs are to support working capital requirements in our business, including working capital for new retail
stores, to fund capital expenditures, to fund the payment of interest on outstanding debt, to fund special dividends declared by our
Board of Directors and for acquisitions. We rely principally upon operating cash flow to meet these needs. We believe that cash flow
from operations and our availability under credit facilities will be sufficient to fund our working capital and other cash requirements

22

for the next twelve months.

Our working capital decreased in 2009 as the result of using cash balances of approximately $14.5 million for the purchase of the
Circuit City assets, payment of $27.6 million for a special dividend, the $4.5 million cash purchase of WStore and common stock
repurchases of $1.2 million. Inventory balances increased related to warehousing additional products as a result in the growth of sales
and the stocking our retail stores. Accounts receivable balances increased as the result of growth in open account business to business
sales, the WStore acquisition and slight growth in accounts receivable days outstanding. Accounts payable and accrued expense
balances increased due to inventory growth and the WStore acquisition. The increase in short term debt was attributable to the
assumption of the outstanding debt of WStore. Inventory turnover was consistent at 9 times during 2009 and 2008. Our accounts
receivable days outstanding were at 24 in 2009 up from 21 in 2008. We expect that future accounts receivable and inventory balances
will fluctuate with growth in net sales and the mix of our net sales between consumer and business customers.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $4.8 million, $82.4 million, and $93.1 million during 2009, 2008, and 2007. The
decrease in cash provided by operating activities in 2009 over 2008 resulted from a $3.0 million decrease in net income adjusted by
other non-cash items, such as depreciation expense, and a decrease of $74.6 million in cash used for changes in our working capital
accounts. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities in 2008 compared to 2007 resulted from a $3.3 million decrease in net
income adjusted by other non-cash items, such as depreciation expense, and a decrease of $7.4 million in cash used for changes in
working capital accounts.

Net cash used in investing activities was $32.3 million during 2009, primarily for the CircuitCity.com acquisition and capital
expenditures. The WStore acquisition used approximately $4.5 million and provided $5.4 million in cash acquired. Cash flows used
in investing activities during 2008 totaled $45.5 million primarily for the CompUSA acquisition and for capital expenditures. Net cash
used in investing activities was $7.7 million during 2007, primarily for capital expenditures. Capital expenditures in 2009, 2008, and
2007 included upgrades and enhancements to our information and communications systems hardware and software and expenditures
in retail stores in North America.

Net cash used in financing activities was $31.5 million during 2009. We repaid approximately $3.6 million in short term debt, repaid
approximately $0.8 million in capital lease obligations, paid a special dividend of $27.6 million and repurchased Company stock of
approximately $1.2 million. Proceeds from stock option exercises provided approximately $1.7 million of cash. Net cash used in
financing activities was $45.0 million during 2008. We repaid approximately $3.9 million in short-term debt, repaid approximately
$0.7 million in capital lease obligations, paid a special dividend of $37.1 million, and repurchased Company stock of approximately
$5.8 million. Proceeds and excess tax benefits from stock option exercises provided approximately $2.5 million of cash. Net cash used
in financing activities was $42.7 million during 2007, attributable to dividends paid of $36.6 million, repayment of short term debt of
$8.7 million, repayment of $0.6 million in capital lease obligations, repurchase of common stock of approximately $1.8 million, offset
by proceeds of stock option exercises and related excess tax benefits of $5.0 million.

We have a $120.0 million secured revolving credit agreement (which may be increased by up to an additional $30.0 million, subject to
certain conditions). The facility expires in October 2010 and the Company expects to renew the facility on or before that date.
Borrowings under the agreement are subject to borrowing base limitations of up to 85% of eligible accounts receivable and 40% of
qualified inventories and are secured by accounts receivable, inventories and certain other assets. The undrawn availability under the
facility may not be less than $15.0 million until the last day of any month in which the availability net of outstanding borrowings is at
least $70.0 million. The revolving credit agreement requires that we maintain a minimum level of availability. If such availability is
not maintained, we will then be required to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined). The agreement contains certain other
covenants, including restrictions on capital expenditures and payments of dividends. As of December 31, 2009, the Company was in
compliance with all of the covenants under the credit facility. Eligible collateral under the facility was $110.8 million, total availability
was $98.7 million, outstanding letters of credit of were $12.1 million and there were no outstanding advances.

The Company’s Inmac WStore subsidiary maintains a secured revolving credit agreement with a financial institution in France which
is secured by WStore Europe SA accounts receivable balances. Available amounts for borrowing under this facility includes all
accounts receivable balances not over 60 days past due reduced by the greater of €4.0 million or 10% of the eligible accounts
receivable. As of December 31, 2009, there was availability under this credit facility of approximately €6.0 million ($8.6 million) and
there was €9.9 million ($14.2 million) of outstanding borrowings. Outstanding balances under this agreement carry interest at 1.5% as
of December 31, 2009. The credit facility duration is indefinite; however either party may cancel the agreement with ninety days
notice. Under this agreement the Company is subject to certain non-financial covenants which it was in compliance with at December
31, 2009.

The Company’s WStore UK subsidiary maintains a £2 million secured resolving credit agreement with a financial institution in the
United Kingdom which is secured by WStore UK’s accounts receivable balances. Available amounts for borrowing under this facility
includes accounts receivable balances less 30% retention. As of December 31, 2009, there was availability under this credit facility of
approximately £.5 million ($.8 million). Outstanding balances under this agreement carry interest at 2.5% above the overnight daily
LIBOR rate (0.5% at December 31, 2009). The credit facility duration is indefinite; however either party may cancel the agreement
with ninety days notice. Under this agreement the Company is subject to certain non-financial covenants which it was in compliance

23

with at December 31, 2009.

The Company’s Netherlands subsidiary maintained a €5.0 million credit facility with a local financial institution. This facility expired
in November 2008 and was not renewed.

Our earnings and cash flows are seasonal in nature, with the fourth quarter of the fiscal year generating higher earnings and cash flows
than the other quarters. Levels of earnings and cash flows are dependent on factors such as consolidated gross margin and selling,
general and administrative costs as a percentage of sales, product mix and relative levels of domestic and foreign sales. Unusual
expense items, such as one time charges and settlements, may impact earnings and are separately disclosed. We expect that past
performance may not be indicative of future performance due to the competitive nature of our Technology Products segment where
the need to adjust prices to gain or hold market share is prevalent.

Macroeconomic conditions, such as business and consumer sentiment, may affect our revenues, cash flows or financial condition.
However, we do not believe that there is a direct correlation between any specific macroeconomic indicator and our revenues, cash
flows or financial condition. We are not currently interest rate sensitive, as we have significant cash balances and minimal debt.

We anticipate cash needs to support our growth and expansion plans, continued investment in upgrading and expanding our
technological capabilities and information technology infrastructure, opening of new retail stores, and in building out and expanding
our distribution center facilities and inventory systems.

These expenses and capital expenditures will require significant levels of liquidity, which we believe can be adequately funded from
our currently available cash resources. We have recently engaged in several opportunistic acquisitions, choosing to pay the purchase
price in cash, and may do so in the future as favorable situations arise. However, a deep and prolonged period of reduced consumer
and or business to business spending could adversely impact our cash resources and force us to either forego future acquisition
opportunities or to pay the purchase price in shares of our common stock, which could have a dilutive effect on the our earnings per
share. In addition we anticipate cash needs for implementation of financial and retail point of sale systems. We believe that our cash
balances, future cash flows from operations and our availability under credit facilities will be sufficient to fund our working capital
and other cash requirements for the next twelve months.

We maintain our cash and cash equivalents primarily in money market funds or their equivalent. As of December 31, 2009, all of our
investments had maturities of less than three months. Accordingly, we do not believe that our investments have significant exposure
to interest rate risk.

We are obligated under non-cancelable operating leases for the rental of most of our facilities and certain of our equipment which
expire at various dates through 2026. We have sublease agreements for unused space we lease in Wellingborough, England and
Uniondale, New York. In the event the sub lessee is unable to fulfill its obligations, we would be responsible for rents due under the
leases.

Following is a summary of our contractual obligations for future principal payments on our debt, minimum rental payments on our
non-cancelable operating leases and minimum payments on our other purchase obligations as of December 2009 (in thousands):

Contractual Obligations:

Total

Less than
1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

More than
5 years

Capital lease obligations

$

2,423

$

1,145

$

1,278

$

— $

—

Non-cancelable operating leases, net of

subleases

Short term debt

Purchase & other obligations

Tax contingencies

187,951

14,168

26,854

—

23,849

14,168

17,191

—

67,127

47,213

49,762

6,870

—

2,793

—

—

—

Total contractual obligations

$

231,396

$

56,353

$

75,275

$

50,006

$

49,762

Our purchase and other obligations consist primarily of certain employment agreements and service agreements.

In addition to the contractual obligations noted above, we had $11.0 million of standby letters of credit outstanding as of
December 2009.

24

We are party to certain litigation, the outcome of which we believe, based on discussions with legal counsel, will not have a material
adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Tax contingencies are related to uncertain tax positions taken on income tax returns that may result in additional tax, interest and
penalties being paid to taxing authorities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not created, and are not party to, any special-purpose or off-balance sheet entities for the purpose of raising capital, incurring
debt or operating our business. We do not have any arrangements or relationships with entities that are not consolidated into the
financial statements that are reasonably likely to materially affect our liquidity or the availability of capital resources.

The Company currently leases its facility in Port Washington, NY from Addwin Realty Associates, an entity owned by Richard Leeds,
Bruce Leeds, and Robert Leeds, senior executives, Directors and controlling shareholders of the Company.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are exposed to market risks, which include changes in U.S. and international interest rates as well as changes in currency exchange
rates (principally Pounds Sterling, Euros and Canadian Dollars) as measured against the U.S. Dollar and each other.

The translation of the financial statements of our operations located outside of the United States is impacted by movements in foreign
currency exchange rates. Changes in currency exchange rates as measured against the U.S. dollar may positively or negatively affect
income statement, balance sheet and cash flows as expressed in U.S. dollars. Sales would have fluctuated by approximately $109.3
million and pre tax income would have fluctuated by approximately $1.8 million if average foreign exchange rates changed by 10% in
2009. We have limited involvement with derivative financial instruments and do not use them for trading purposes. We may enter
into foreign currency options or forward exchange contracts aimed at limiting in part the impact of certain currency fluctuations, but
as of December 31, 2009 we had no outstanding forward exchange contracts.

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our variable rate debt. Our variable rate debt consists of
short-term borrowings under our credit facilities. As of December 31, 2009, there were no outstanding balances under our variable
rate credit facility. A hypothetical change in average interest rates of one percentage point is not expected to have a material effect on
our financial position, results of operations or cash flows over the next fiscal year.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The information required by Item 8 of Part II is incorporated herein by reference to the Consolidated Financial Statements filed with
this report; see Item 15 of Part IV.

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, the Company carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s
disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2009. Based upon this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company’s
assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that the Company’s receipts and expenditures are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding

25

prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material
effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that the Company’s
internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control
system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.
Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute assurance that all
control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls in future periods
are subject to the risk that those internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Under
the supervision and with the participation of Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, the Company evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its internal control over financial reporting based on
the framework established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an attestation report on the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, a copy of which is included in this
report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2009
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

26

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required by Item 10 of Part III is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2010
Annual Meeting of Stockholders. (the “Proxy Statement”).

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by Item 11 of Part III is hereby incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by item 12 of Part III is hereby incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Item 10 of Part III is hereby incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required by Item 14 of Part III is hereby incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) 1.

Consolidated Financial Statements of Systemax Inc.

Reference

Reports of Ernst & Young LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008

and 2007

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2.

Financial Statement Schedules:

The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this report and should be read
together with our consolidated financial statements:

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedules not included with this additional financial data have been omitted because they are not
applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes
thereto.

31
33
34
35

36
37

50

27

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

3.

Exhibits.

Exhibit
No.

3.1

3.2

3.3

4.1

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

Description

Composite Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, as amended (incorporated by reference to
the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001)
Amended and Restated By-laws of Registrant (effective as of December 29, 2007, incorporated by
reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)
Amendment to the Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the Company’s report
on Form 8-K dated March 3, 2008)
Stockholders Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Company’s quarterly report on
Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1995)
Form of 1995 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan* (incorporated by reference to the Company’s
registration statement on Form S-1) (Registration No. 333-1852)
Form of 1995 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors* (incorporated by reference to the
Company’s registration statement on Form S-1) (Registration No. 333-1852)
Form of 1999 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan as amended* (incorporated by reference to the
Company’s report on Form 8-K dated May 20, 2003)
Form of 2006 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employee Directors* (incorporated by reference to
the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006)
Form of 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan* (incorporated by reference to the Company’s
annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006)
Lease Agreement dated September 20, 1988 between the Company and Addwin Realty Associates
(Port Washington facility) (incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on
Form S-1) (Registration No. 33-92052)
First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 20, 1998 between the Company and
Addwin Realty Associates (Port Washington facility) (incorporated by reference to the
Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998)
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 20, 1988 between the Company and
Addwin Realty Associates (Port Washington facility) (incorporated by reference to the
Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)
Build-to-Suit Lease Agreement dated April, 1995 among the Company, American National Bank
and Trust Company of Chicago (Trustee for the original landlord) and Walsh, Higgins &
& Company (Contractor) (“Naperville Illinois Facility Lease”) (incorporated by reference to the
Company’s registration statement on Form S-1) (Registration No. 33-92052)
First Amendment, dated as of February 1, 2006, to the Naperville Illinois Facility Lease between
the Company and Ambassador Drive LLC (current landlord) (incorporated by reference to the
Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)
Lease Agreement dated September 17, 1998 between Tiger Direct, Inc. and Keystone Miami
Property Holding Corp. (Miami facility) (incorporated by reference to the Company’s quarterly
report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1998)
First Amendment, dated as of September 5, 2003, to the Lease Agreement between Tiger
Direct, Inc. and Keystone Miami Property Holding Corp. (Miami facility) (filed herewith)
Second Amendment, dated March 22, 2007, to the Lease Agreement between Tiger Direct, Inc.
and Keystone Miami Property Holding Corp. (Miami facility) (filed herewith)
Third Amendment, dated as of June 26, 2009, to the Lease Agreement between Tiger Direct, Inc.
and Mota Associates Limited Partnership (successor in interest to landlord Keystone Miami
Property Holding Corp.) (Miami facility) (filed herewith)
Lease agreement, dated December 8, 2005, between the Company and Hamilton Business Center,
LLC (Buford, Georgia facility) (incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)
First Amendment, dated as of June 12, 2006, to the Lease Agreement between the Company and
Hamilton Business Center, LLC (Buford, Georgia facility) (incorporated by reference to the
Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)
Employment Agreement entered into on October 12, 2004 but effective as of June 1, 2004
between the Company and Gilbert Fiorentino* (incorporated by reference to the Company’s
report on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2004)
Amendment No. 1, dated December 30, 2009, to Employment Agreement between the Company
and Gilbert Fiorentino* (incorporated by reference to the Company’s report on Form 8-K dated

28

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

14
21
23
31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

December 30, 2009).
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement entered into on October 12, 2004 but effective as of June 1,
2004 between the Company and Gilbert Fiorentino* (incorporated by reference to the Company’s
report on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2004).
Amendment No. 1, dated December 30, 2009, to the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between
the Company and Gilbert Fiorentino* (incorporated by reference to the Company’s report on
Form 8-K dated December 30, 2009).
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2007, between the Company and Lawrence P.
Reinhold*(incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2006).
Amendment No.1, dated December 30, 2009, to the Employment Agreement between the
Company and Lawrence P. Reinhold* (incorporated by reference to the Company’s report on
Form 8-K dated December 30, 2009).
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2005, between JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A. and affiliates, General Electric Capital Corporation, and GMAC Commercial
Finance LLC (as Lenders) with the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company (as
Borrowers) (the “Amended and Restated JP Morgan Chase Loan Agreement”) (incorporated by
reference to the Company’s report on Form 8-K dated October 27, 2005)
Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 19, 2005, to the Amended and Restated JP Morgan
Chase Loan Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2005)
Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and CompUSA dated January 5, 2008
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year
December 31, 2007)
Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and CompUSA dated
February 14, 2008 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2007)
Asset Purchase Agreement, as amended, dated as of April 5, 2009 and May 14, 2009, by and
among Systemax Inc., as Buyer and Circuit City Stores West Coast, Inc. and Circuit City Stores,
Inc, as Sellers (incorporated by reference to the Company’s report on Form 8-K dated May 20,
2009).
Corporate Ethics Policy for Officers, Directors and Employees (revised as of March, 2010)
Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed herewith)
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 (filed herewith)
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 (filed herewith)
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 (filed herewith)
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 (filed herewith)

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

29

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SYSTEMAX INC.

By: /s/ RICHARD LEEDS

Richard Leeds
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 18, 2010

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date

March 18, 2010

/s/ RICHARD LEEDS

Richard Leeds

/s/ BRUCE LEEDS

Bruce Leeds

/s/ ROBERT LEEDS

Robert Leeds

/s/ LAWRENCE P. REINHOLD

Lawrence P. Reinhold

/s/ THOMAS AXMACHER

Thomas Axmacher

/s/ GILBERT FIORENTINO

Gilbert Fiorentino

/s/ ROBERT D. ROSENTHAL

Robert D. Rosenthal

/s/ STACY DICK

Stacy Dick

/s/ MARIE ADLER-KRAVECAS
Marie Adler-Kravecas

Vice Chairman and Director

March 18, 2010

Vice Chairman and Director

March 18, 2010

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)

Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Chief Executive, Technology Products Group
and Director

Director

Director

Director

March 18, 2010

March 18, 2010

March 18, 2010

March 18, 2010

March 18, 2010

March 18, 2010

30

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Systemax Inc.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Systemax Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 15(a). These financial
statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Systemax Inc. at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion,
the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly
in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the guidance issued in Financial Accounting
Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (codified in FASB Accounting Standards Codification
Topic 805, “Business Combinations”) on January 1, 2009.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Systemax Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated
March 18, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
New York, New York
March 18, 2010

31

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Systemax Inc.

We have audited Systemax Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in
Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the
COSO criteria). Systemax Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for
its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial
reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect
on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Systemax Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2009 based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of Systemax Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the related consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 of Systemax Inc. and our
report dated March 18, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
New York, New York
March 18, 2010

32

SYSTEMAX INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except for share data)

ASSETS:

Current assets:

Cash
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $22,532 and $17,523
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Deferred income taxes

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net
Deferred income taxes
Goodwill and intangibles
Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Short term debt
Current portion of capitalized lease obligations

Total current liabilities

Capitalized lease obligations
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders’ equity:

$

$

$

December 31,

2009

2008

$

58,309
241,860
365,725
20,066
6,626
692,586

65,598
8,564
48,127
2,026

115,967
182,841
290,594
12,667
9,558
611,627

48,465
11,198
29,366
1,797

816,901

$

702,453

$

346,362
80,945
14,168
1,029
442,504

1,194
8,518
452,216

285,410
72,352
—
773
358,535

1,411
8,552
368,498

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, authorized 25 million shares; issued none
Common stock, par value $.01 per share, authorized 150 million shares; issued

38,862,019 and 38,855,989 shares; outstanding 36,450,767 and 36,223,747 shares

Additional paid-in capital
Common stock in treasury at cost — 2,411,252 and 2,632,242 shares
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Total shareholders’ equity

389
180,508
(28,545)
210,975
1,358
364,685

389
179,241
(31,158)
192,401
(6,918)
333,955

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$

816,901

$

702,453

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

33

2009
3,165,995
2,705,747
460,248
386,857
73,391
187
(768)
887
73,085
26,900
46,185

$

Year Ended December 31,
2008
3,032,961
2,574,402
458,559
375,192
83,367
1,300
(1,981)
305
83,743
30,900
52,843

$

1.26
1.24

$
$

36,706
37,343

1.43
1.40

36,950
37,705

$

$

$
$

2007
2,779,875
2,353,574
426,301
332,359
93,942
(1,562)
(5,505)
986
100,023
30,542
69,481

1.93
1.84

35,968
37,688

SYSTEMAX INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Operating income
Foreign currency exchange loss (gain)
Interest and other income, net
Interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Net income per common share:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average common and common equivalent shares:

Basic
Diluted

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

$

$

$
$

34

SYSTEMAX INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating

activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
Provision for returns and doubtful accounts
Compensation expense related to equity compensation plans
Excess tax benefit from exercises of stock options
Loss (gain) on dispositions and abandonment

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Income taxes payable/receivable
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Purchase of Circuit City assets
Purchase of WStore Europe SA
Cash acquired WStore Europe SA
Purchase of certain CompUSA assets
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Repayments of borrowings from banks
Repayments of capital lease obligations
Dividends paid
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Repurchase of common stock
Purchase of treasury stock
Excess tax benefit from exercises of stock options
Net cash used in by financing activities

EFFECTS OF EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH
CASH – BEGINNING OF YEAR

CASH – END OF YEAR
Supplemental disclosures:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:

Acquisitions of equipment through capital leases

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

35

2009

Year Ended December 31,
2008

2007

$

46,185

$

52,843

$

69,481

12,353
5,704
4,698
2,867
(576)
154

(20,907)
(69,618)
(5,490)
3,983
25,414
4,767

(14,494)
(4,469)
5,438
—
(18,855)
84
(32,296)

(3,614)
(726)
(27,611)
1,082
—
(1,174)
576
(31,467)

1,338

(57,658)
115,967

58,309

756
13,909

765

$

$
$

$

10,387
6,197
2,424
3,869
(1,380)
89

6,010
(48,924)
(16)
602
50,318
82,419

—
—
—
(30,649)
(14,942)
72
(45,519)

(3,880)
(673)
(37,126)
1,133
—
(5,824)
1,380
(44,990)

(3,964)

(12,054)
128,021

115,967

291
29,514

2,152

$

$
$

$

8,780
(6,106)
4,575
4,159
(2,160)
(1,032)

29,450)
(21,628)
15,916
1,925
48,623
93,083

—
—
—
—
(7,699)
28
(7,671)

(8,708)
(579)
(36,588)
2,830
(1,858)
—
2,160
(42,743)

(1,612)

41,057
86,964

128,021

1,182
30,275

251

$

$
$

$

SYSTEMAX INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)

Balances, January 1, 2007
Stock-based compensation expense
Issuance of restricted stock
Exercise of stock options
Income tax benefit on stock-based compensation
Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48
Change in cumulative translation adjustment
Dividends paid

Net income
Total comprehensive income
Balances, December 31, 2007
Stock-based compensation expense
Issuance of restricted stock
Exercise of stock options
Repurchase of treasury stock
Income tax benefit on stock-based compensation
Change in cumulative translation adjustment

Dividends paid

Net income

Total comprehensive income
Balances, December 31, 2008
Stock-based compensation expense
Issuance of restricted stock
Retired restricted stock
Exercise of stock options
Repurchase of treasury stock
Income tax benefit on stock-based compensation
Change in cumulative translation adjustment

Dividends paid

Net income

Total comprehensive income
Balances, December 31, 2009

Common Stock

Number
of Shares
Outstanding

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Treasury
Stock,
At Cost

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

35,341

383

205
546

36,092

104
503
(475)

383

1
5

36,224 $

389

$

105

221
(99)

172,983
4,009
(2,843)
(3,569)
2,801

173,381
3,794
283
184

1,599

179,241
2,818
(754)
(10)
(1,537)

750

(35,131)

144,074

7,181

2,406
6,401

(283)

(36,588)

69,481

4,530

4,530

69,481
74,011

(26,324)

176,684

11,711

46
944
(5,824)

(37,126)

52,843

(18,629)

(18,629)

52,843

34,214

$

(31,158) $

192,401 $

(6,918)

1,183
(15)
2,619
(1,174)

36,451 $

389

$

180,508

$

(28,545) $

210,975 $

1,358

(27,611)

46,185

8,276

8,276

46,185

54,461

$

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

36

SYSTEMAX INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Systemax Inc. and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “Systemax”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications — Certain prior year amounts were reclassified to conform to current year presentation. Additionally foreign
exchange loss (gain) has been reclassified from selling, general and administrative expense to a separate income statement line
item in prior years to conform to current year presentation on the consolidated statements of operations.

Use of Estimates In Financial Statements — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

Fiscal Year — The Company’s fiscal year ends at midnight on the Saturday closest to December 31. Fiscal years will typically
include 52 weeks, but every few years will include 53 weeks which was the case in 2008. For clarity of presentation herein, all
fiscal years are referred to as if they ended on December 31. The fiscal year will be divided into four fiscal quarters that each end
at midnight on a Saturday. Fiscal quarters will typically include 13 weeks, but the fourth quarter will include 14 weeks in a 53
week fiscal year. For clarity of presentation herein, all fiscal quarters are referred to as if they ended on the traditional calendar
month.

Foreign Currency Translation — The Company has operations in numerous foreign countries. The functional currency of each
foreign country is the local currency. The financial statements of the Company’s foreign entities are translated into U.S. dollars,
the reporting currency, using year-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities, average exchange rates for the statement of
operations items and historical rates for equity accounts. Translation gains or losses are recorded as a separate component of
shareholders’ equity.

Cash — The Company considers amounts held in money market accounts and other short-term investments, including overnight
bank deposits, with an original maturity date of three months or less to be cash.

Inventories — Inventories consist primarily of finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is
determined by using the first-in, first-out method except in Europe and retail locations where an average cost is used. Allowances
are maintained for obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventory.

Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation of furniture, fixtures and
equipment, including equipment under capital leases, are depreciated using the straight-line or accelerated method over their
estimated useful lives ranging from three to ten years. Depreciation of buildings is on the straight-line method over estimated
useful lives of 30 to 50 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful lives or the term of the
respective leases.

Evaluation of Long-lived Assets — Long-lived assets are evaluated for recoverability whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that an asset may have been impaired. In evaluating an asset for recoverability, the Company estimates
the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future cash
flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss, equal to the
excess of the carrying amount over the fair market value of the asset is recognized.

Goodwill and intangible assets — Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired assets over the fair value of assets
acquired. The Company tests goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of
impairment exist. In addition, goodwill is required to be tested for impairment after a portion of the goodwill is allocated to a
business targeted for disposal. The Company’s identifiable intangible assets consist of trademarks, trade and domain names, retail
leases and customer lists (See Note 2).

Accruals — Management makes estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements
and accompanying notes. These estimates are based upon various factors such as the number of units sold, historical and
anticipated results and data received from third party vendors. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Our most

37

significant estimates include those related to the costs of vendor drop shipments, sales returns and allowances, cooperative
advertising and customer rebate reserves, and other vendor and employee related costs.

Income Taxes — Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the effect of temporary differences between the book and
tax bases of recorded assets and liabilities and for tax loss carry forwards. The realization of net deferred tax assets is dependent
upon our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income. Where it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire
deferred tax asset will not be realized, we have provided a valuation allowance. If the realization of those deferred tax assets in
the future is considered more likely than not, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would increase net income in the period
such determination is made.

The Company provides for uncertain tax positions and related interest and penalties based upon management’s assessment of
whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. To the extent the Company
prevails in matters for which a liability for an unrecognized tax benefit is established or is required to pay amounts in excess of
the liability, the Company’s effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be affected.

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable — The Company recognizes sales of products, including shipping revenue, when
persuasive evidence of an order arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and
collectability is reasonably assured. Generally, these criteria are met at the time the product is received by the customers when
title and risk of loss have transferred. Allowances for estimated subsequent customer returns, rebates and sales incentives are
provided when revenues are recorded. Costs incurred for the shipping and handling of its products are recorded as cost of sales.
Revenue from extended warranty and support contracts on the Company’s assembled PCs is deferred and recognized over the
contract period. The Company evaluates collectability of accounts receivable based on numerous factors, including past
transaction history with customers and their credit rating and provides a reserve for accounts that are potentially uncollectible.
Trade receivables are generally written off once all collection efforts have been exhausted. Accounts receivable are shown in the
consolidated balance sheets net of allowances for doubtful collections and subsequent customer returns.

Advertising Costs — Expenditures for internet, television, local radio and newspaper advertising are expensed in the period the
advertising takes place. Catalog preparation, printing and postage expenditures are amortized over the period of catalog
distribution during which the benefits are expected, generally one to six months.

Net advertising expenses were $38.9 million, $40.0 million and $47.2 million during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively and are
included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company utilizes advertising programs to support
vendors, including catalogs, internet and magazine advertising, and receives payments and credits from vendors, including
consideration pursuant to volume incentive programs and cooperative marketing programs. The Company accounts for
consideration from vendors as a reduction of cost of sales unless certain conditions are met showing that the funds are used for
specific, incremental, identifiable costs, in which case the consideration is accounted for as a reduction in the related expense
category, such as advertising expense. The amount of vendor consideration recorded as a reduction of selling, general and
administrative expenses totaled $55.9 million, $60.4 million and $42.6 million during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Prepaid expenses as of December 2009 and 2008 include deferred advertising costs of $2.8 million and $4.1 million which are
reflected as an expense during the periods benefited, typically the subsequent fiscal quarter.

Stock based compensation — The Company recognizes the fair value of share based compensation in the consolidated statement
of operations over the requisite employee service period. Stock-based compensation expense includes an estimate for forfeitures
and is recognized over the expected term of the award.

Net Income Per Common Share — Net income per common share basic is calculated based upon the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the respective periods presented. Net income per common share diluted is calculated based
upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and included the equivalent shares for dilutive securities
outstanding during the respective periods, where the effect is anti-dilutive. The dilutive effect of outstanding options issued by the
Company is reflected in net income per share - diluted using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, options
will only have a dilutive effect when the average market price of common stock during the period exceeds the exercise price of
the options. Equivalent common shares of 775,000, 941,000, and 1,087,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively were included
for the diluted calculation. The weighted average number of stock options outstanding excluded from the computation of diluted
earnings per share was 711,000, 622,000, and 0 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively due to their antidilutive effect.

Comprehensive Income — Comprehensive income consists of net income and foreign currency translation adjustments and is
included in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity. Comprehensive income was $54.5 million, $34.2 million and
$74.0 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

38

Employee Benefit Plans - The Company’s U.S. subsidiaries participate in a defined contribution 401(k) plan covering
substantially all U.S. employees. Employees may invest 1% or more of their eligible compensation, limited to maximum
amounts as determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company provides a matching contribution to the plan, determined
as a percentage of the employees’ contributions. Aggregate expense to the Company for contributions to such plans was
approximately $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Financial instruments consist primarily of investments in cash, trade accounts receivable,
accounts payable and debt obligations. The Company estimates the fair value of financial instruments based on interest rates
available to the Company and by comparison to quoted market prices. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the carrying amounts of
cash, accounts receivable, debt and accounts payable are considered to be representative of their respective fair values due to their
short-term nature.

Concentration of Credit Risk — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk
consist of cash, and accounts receivable. The Company’s excess cash balances are invested with money center banks.
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers and their
geographic dispersion comprising the Company’s customer base. The Company also performs on-going credit evaluations and
maintains allowances for potential losses as warranted.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Public companies in the United States are subject to the accounting and reporting requirements of various authorities, including
the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These authorities
issue numerous pronouncements, most of which are not applicable to the Company’s current or reasonably foreseeable operating
structure. Below are the new authoritative pronouncements that management believes are relevant to Company’s current
operations.

In October 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance related to revenue recognition in multiple-deliverable revenue
arrangements and certain arrangements that include software elements. This standard eliminates the residual method of revenue
allocation by requiring entities to allocate revenue in an arrangement to all of the deliverables based upon the relative selling
prices of the delivered goods and services. The FASB also issued a new accounting standard in October 2009, which changes
revenue recognition for tangible products containing software and hardware elements. Under this standard, tangible products
containing software and hardware that function together to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality are scoped out of
the existing software revenue recognition guidance and will be accounted for under the multiple-element arrangements revenue
recognition guidance discussed above. Both standards are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of the adoption of this standard on our consolidated financial position and
results of operations.

Effective January 1, 2009 the Company adopted authoritative guidance that establishes principles and requirements for how an
acquirer in a business combination (i) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired,
liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, (ii) recognizes and measures goodwill acquired in a business
combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and (iii) determines what information to disclose to enable users of financial
statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. This guidance is applied prospectively for all
business combinations entered into after the date of adoption. In the third quarter of 2009 the Company expensed approximately
$0.8 million of costs that would have been capitalized under previous guidance.

In June 2008, FASB issued authoritative guidance to clarify that instruments granted in share-based payment transactions can be
participating securities prior to the requisite service having been rendered. The guidance applies to the calculation of Earnings Per
Share (“EPS”) for share-based payment awards with rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. Unvested share-based payment
awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating
securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. This guidance became effective for
financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. All prior-
period EPS data presented is adjusted retrospectively (including interim financial statements, summaries of earnings, and selected
financial data). The Company adopted this authoritative guidance in January 2009 and it did not have a material impact on its
condensed consolidated financial statements.

39

2. ACQUISITIONS

On September 18, 2009, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of WStore Europe SA and its subsidiaries,
(“WStore”), a European supplier of business IT products and software solutions with operations in France and the United
Kingdom. The purchase price (after giving effect to the conversion of Euros to U.S. dollars) was approximately $4.4 million in
cash, $2.2 million of which was placed into an escrow account for one year to secure the sellers’ indemnification obligations
under the purchase agreement. The Company completed a preliminary allocation of the purchase price as of the acquisition date
and recorded assets of approximately $3.4 million for Client Lists, $1.4 million for Trademarks, $1.0 million for Technology
acquired and $0.1 million of residual goodwill. These assets were recorded in the Company’s Technology Products business
segment. The Company expects to amortize its Client Lists and Technology over a weighted average 5 year period. All other
assets have indefinite lives. A final purchase price allocation will be done in 2010. The operating results of WStore are included
in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition. WStore is included in the
Company’s Technology Products business segment. The Company has determined that this was not a material acquisition.

On April 5, 2009, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Circuit City Stores, Inc. and Circuit City Stores
West Coast, Inc. (the “Sellers”). Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, on May 19, 2009 the Company acquired certain
intellectual property and ecommerce assets owned by the Sellers for $14.0 million in cash. In addition, the Company
will pay the Sellers a royalty based on a percentage of sales over a thirty month period dependent upon levels of sales achieved
from the acquired assets, with a minimum payment of $3.0 million. The Company capitalized legal and other fees incurred of
approximately $0.5 million. The acquisition has been accounted for as an asset purchase rather than a business combination as
the acquisition does not meet the definition of a business under applicable accounting principles.

The Company has completed a purchase price allocation with respect to the Circuit City asset acquisition and recorded assets of
approximately $5.0 million for Trademarks and Trade Names, $7.0 million for Domain Names and $2.5 million for Client Lists.
These assets were recorded in the Company’s Technology Products business segment. The Company expects to amortize its
Client Lists over a weighted average 5 year period. All other assets have indefinite lives. The gross carrying amount and
accumulated amortization for amortizable intangible assets related to this acquisition at December 31, 2009 and December 31,
2008 was as follows (in thousands):

Client Lists

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

$

2,541

$

370

On January 5, 2008, the Company, through various subsidiaries, entered into an asset purchase agreement with CompUSA Inc., a
Delaware corporation. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities related to the e-
commerce business of CompUSA Inc., certain intellectual property rights owned by CompUSA, and the E-Commerce Business
for $18.9 million in cash. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company also acquired sixteen retail leases from CompUSA
Inc. and certain fixtures located at these locations. This acquisition accelerated the Company’s planned expansion into the retail
market place in North America and Puerto Rico. The Company has recorded assets of approximately $17.0 million for
Trademarks and Trade Names, $8.0 million for Domain Names, $3.4 million for Retail Store Leases, $0.4 million for Client
Lists, $0.9 million for fixed assets and $0.9 million for Goodwill. These assets were recorded in the Company’s Technology
Products business segment. The Company expects to amortize its Retail Store Leases over the remaining weighted average life of
the leases, 12.9 years, the Client Lists over a weighted average 5 year period and depreciate its fixed assets over a similar period.
All other intangible assets are indefinite lived. All of the Company’s goodwill at December 31, 2009 is deductible for tax
purposes on a straight line basis over 15 years. The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for amortizable
intangible assets at December 31, 2009 was as follows (in thousands):

Retail store leases
Client lists

2009

2008

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

$

$

3,410
400
3,810

$

$

484
323
807

$

$

3,410
400
3,810

$
$
$

220
103
323

The aggregate amortization expense for material acquisitions was approximately $0.9 million in 2009. The estimated
amortization for material acquisitions for future years ending December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

2010
2011
2012
2013
2014 and after

Total

823
781
771
765
2,034
5,174

$

40

3. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

2009

2008

Land and buildings
Furniture and fixtures, office, computer and other equipment and software
Leasehold improvements

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property, plant and equipment, net

$

$

28,458
123,876
19,212
171,546
105,948
65,598

Included in property, plant and equipment are assets under capital leases, as follows (in thousands):

Furniture and fixtures, office, computer and other equipment
Less: Accumulated amortization

$

$

2009

5,525
3,510
2,015

$

$

$

$

26,556
92,137
14,839
133,532
85,067
48,465

2008

4,764
2,573
2,191

Depreciation charged to operations for property, plant and equipment including capital leases in 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $11.2
million, $10.1 million and $8.8 million, respectively.

4. CREDIT FACILITIES

The Company maintains a $120 million (which may be increased by up to $30 million, subject to certain conditions) secured
revolving credit agreement with a group of financial institutions which provides for borrowings in the United States and United
Kingdom. The borrowings are secured by all of the domestic and United Kingdom accounts receivable, all domestic inventories,
the United Kingdom headquarters building and the Company’s shares of stock in its domestic and United Kingdom subsidiaries.
The credit facility expires and outstanding borrowings thereunder are due on October 26, 2010. The borrowings under the
agreement are subject to borrowing base limitations of up to 85% of eligible accounts receivable and up to 40% of qualified
inventories. The interest on outstanding advances is payable monthly, at the Company’s option, at the prime rate (3.25% at
December 31, 2009) plus 0.25% or the overnight daily LIBOR rate (0.5% at December 31, 2009) plus 1.25% to 2.25%. The
undrawn availability under the facility may not be less than $15 million until the last day of any month in which the availability
net of outstanding borrowings is at least $70 million. The facility also calls for a commitment fee payable quarterly in arrears of
0.375% of the average daily unused portions of the facility. The revolving credit agreement requires that a minimum level of
availability be maintained. If such availability is not maintained, the Company will be required to maintain a fixed charge
coverage ratio (as defined). The agreement contains certain other covenants, including restrictions on capital expenditure,
acquisitions and payments of dividends. We were in compliance with all of the covenants as of December 31, 2009. As of
December 31, 2009, eligible collateral under the agreement was $110.8 million and total availability was $98.7 million. There
were outstanding letters of credit of $12.1 million and there were no outstanding advances.

The Company’s Inmac WStore subsidiary maintains a secured revolving credit agreement with a financial institution in France
which is secured by WStore Europe SA accounts receivable balances. Available amounts for borrowing under this facility
includes all accounts receivable balances not over 60 days past due reduced by the greater of €4.0 million or 10% of the eligible
accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2009 there was availability under this credit facility of approximately €6.0 million ($8.6
million) and there was €9.9 million ($14.2 million) of outstanding borrowings. Outstanding balances under this agreement carry
interest at 1.5% as of December 31. The credit facility duration is indefinite; however either party may cancel the agreement with
ninety days notice. Under this agreement the Company is subject to certain non-financial covenants which it was in compliance
with at December 31, 2009.

The Company’s WStore UK subsidiary maintains a £2 million secured revolving credit agreement with a financial institution in
the United Kingdom which is secured by WStore UK’s accounts receivable balances. Available amounts for borrowing under this
facility includes accounts receivable balances less a 30% retention. As of December 31, 2009 there was availability under this
credit facility of approximately £0.5 million ($0.8 million).Outstanding balances under this agreement carry interest at 2.5%
above the overnight daily LIBOR rate (0.5% at December 31, 2009. The credit facility duration is indefinite; however either party
may cancel the agreement with ninety days notice. Under this agreement the Company is subject to certain non-financial
covenants which it was in compliance with at December 31, 2009.

The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings was 3.3%, 5.1%, and 7.5% in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

41

5. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

Payroll and employee benefits

Freight
Deferred revenue
Advertising
Sales and VAT tax payable
Other

6. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of (in thousands):

December 31,

2009

2008

27,715

$

9,171
1,064
8,030
7,989
26,976
80,945

$

25,669

6,820
5,683
5,286
8,061
20,833
72,352

$

$

Capitalized equipment lease obligations
Less: current portion

December 31,

2009

2008

$

$

2,223
1,029
1,194

$

$

2,184
773
1,411

The aggregate maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2009 are as follows (in thousands):

Maturities

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

$

1,029

$

737

$

307

$

150

—

7. BUSINESS EXIT COSTS

The Company announced plans to exit its Software Solutions segment, in the second quarter of 2009, as the result of economic
conditions and difficulties in marketing the segment’s products successfully. Total charges incurred for the year for severances,
estimated lease termination costs and other costs were $1.2 million, $1.6 million, and $0.1 million, respectively. These costs were
recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and interest and other income, net in the accompanying condensed
consolidated statement of operations.

The following table reconciles the associated liabilities incurred (in thousands):

Severance
and
Personnel
Costs

Lease
Termination
Costs

Other Exit Costs

Total

Balance, beginning of period
Charged to expense
Paid or otherwise settled
Balance, end of period

$

$

— $

1,208
(1,208)

— $

— $

1,644
(697)
947

$

— $
80
(80)
— $

—
2,932
(1,985)
947

8.

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Stock based compensation plans

The Company currently has four equity compensation plans which reserve shares of common stock for issuance to key
employees, directors, consultants and advisors to the Company. The following is a description of these plans:

The 1995 Long-term Stock Incentive Plan - This plan, adopted in 1995, allowed the Company to issue qualified, non-qualified and
deferred compensation stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted unit grants, performance unit grants
and other stock based awards authorized by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Options issued under this
plan expire ten years after the options are granted. The ability to grant new awards under this plan ended on December 31, 2005
but awards granted prior to such date continue until their expiration. A total of 632,475 options were outstanding under this plan
as of December 31, 2009.

The 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors - This plan, adopted in 1995, provides for automatic awards of non-
qualified options to directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company or its affiliates. All options granted under

42

this plan will have a ten year term from grant date and are immediately exercisable. A maximum of 100,000 shares may be
granted for awards under this plan. The ability to grant new awards under this plan ended on October 12, 2006 but awards
granted prior to such date continue until their expiration. A total of 39,000 options were outstanding under this plan as of
December 31, 2009.

The 1999 Long-term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (“1999 Plan”) - This plan was adopted on October 25, 1999 with
substantially the same terms and provisions as the 1995 Long-term Stock Incentive Plan. The Company increased the number of
shares that may be granted under this plan to a maximum of 7.5 million from 5.0 million shares. The maximum number of shares
granted per type of award to any individual may not exceed 1,500,000 in any calendar year and 3,000,000 in total. In 2009 the
Company extended until December 31, 2010 the expiration date under this plan after which no grants shall be made under this
plan. The original expiration date was December 31, 2009. Restricted stock grants and common stock awards reduce stock
options otherwise available for future grant. A total of 1,410,984 options and 400,000 restricted stock units were outstanding
under this plan as of December 31, 2009.

The 2006 Stock Incentive Plan For Non-Employee Directors — This plan, adopted by the Company’s stockholders on
October 11, 2006, replaces the 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors. The Company adopted the plan so that it
could offer directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company or of any entity in which the Company has more
than a 50% equity interest (“independent directors”) an opportunity to participate in the ownership of the Company by receiving
options to purchase shares of common stock at a price equal to the fair market value at the date of grant of the option and
restricted stock awards. Awards for a maximum of 200,000 shares may be granted under this plan. A total of 20,000 options were
outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2009.

Shares issued under our share-based compensation plans are usually issued from shares of our common stock held in the treasury.

The fair value of employee share options is recognized in expense over the vesting period of the options, using the graded
attribution method. The fair value of employee share options is determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model. The Company has used historical volatility in its estimate of expected volatility. The expected life represents the
period of time (in years) for which the options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate is based on the
U.S. Treasury yield curve.

Compensation cost related to non-qualified stock options recognized in operating results (selling, general and administrative
expense) for 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $2.2 million, $3.2 million, and $3.4 million respectively. The related future income tax
benefits recognized for 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $0.9 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Stock options

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted in 2009, 2008
and 2007:

Expected annual dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility
Expected life in years

2009

2008

2007

0%
2.64%
66.9%
7.7

0%
3.17%
63.8%
6.3

0%
4.93%
71.2%
6.2

The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options:

Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Exercised
Cancelled or expired
Outstanding at end of year

Options exercisable at year end
Weighted average fair value per option

2009

Shares
$
2,202,584
164,000
$
(221,225) $
(42,900) $
$

2,102,459

Exercise
Price

9.23
13.46
4.89
16.46
9.87

Weighted Average
2008

Shares
$
2,655,937
110,000
$
(503,078) $
(60,275) $
$

2,202,584

Exercise
Price

7.95
12.90
2.25
17.77
9.23

2007

Shares
$
2,629,076
699,050
$
(545,815) $
(126,374) $
$
2,655,937

Exercise
Price

4.69
19.45
5.19
15.64
7.95

1,558,229

1,560,804

1,645,639

granted during the year

$

9.53

$

7.94

$

13.19

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $2.0 million, $4.1 million and $6.5 million respectively, for 2009, 2008 and
2007.

43

The following table summarizes information about options vested and exercisable or nonvested that are expected to vest
(nonvested outstanding less expected forfeitures) at December 31, 2009:

Range of Exercise Prices
1.76
$
$
5.01
$ 15.01
$ 20.01
1.76
$

to
to
to
to
to

$ 5.00
$ 15.00
$ 20.00
$ 20.15
$ 20.15

Number
Exercisable

427,378
1,063,317
472,174
100,000
2,062,869

$
$
$
$
$

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in
thousands)

2.28
7.68
18.76
20.15
9.70

2.53
6.07
7.40
7.05
5.69

$

$

5,739
8,538
28
—
14,305

The aggregate intrinsic value in the tables above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the closing
stock price on the last day of trading in 2009 and the exercise price) that would have been received by the option holders had all
options been exercised on December 31, 2009. This value will change based on the fair market value of the Company’s common
stock.

The following table reflects the activity for all unvested stock options during 2009:

Unvested at January 1, 2009
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested at December 31, 2009

Shares

641,780
164,000
(241,363)
(20,187)
544,230

$
$
$
$
$

Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value

11.18
9.53
10.39
12.80
10.98

At December 31, 2009, there was approximately $2.6 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock
options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.19 years. The total fair value of stock options
vested during 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $2.5 million, $3.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

In October 2004, the Company granted 1,000,000 restricted stock units under the 1999 Plan to a key employee who is also a
Company director. A restricted stock unit represents the right to receive a share of the Company’s common stock. The restricted
stock units have none of the rights as other shares of common stock until common stock is distributed, other than rights to cash
dividends. The restricted stock unit award was a non-performance award which vests at the rate of 20% on May 31, 2005 and
10% per year on April 1, 2006 and each year thereafter. The share-based expense for restricted stock awards was determined
based on the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of the award. Compensation expense related to the restricted stock
award was approximately $0.6 million in each of 2009, 2008 and 2007. Share-based compensation expense for restricted stock
issued to Directors was $0.1 million in each of 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Share repurchase plan

In May 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common
stock. During 2009 the Company repurchased 98,934 common shares at a cost of approximately $1.2 million, an average of
$11.87 per share. During 2008 the Company repurchased 475,301 common shares at a cost of approximately $5.8 million, an
average of $12.25 per share. Theses shares are included in common stock in treasury at cost in the Company’s consolidated
balance sheet.

9.

INCOME TAXES

The components of income before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

United States
Foreign
Total

2009

Year Ended December 31,
2008

$

$

54,468
18,617
73,085

$

$

61,220
22,523
83,743

$

$

2007

81,832
18,191
100,023

44

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

Current:

Federal
State
Foreign
Total current

Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total deferred

TOTAL

2009

Year Ended December 31,
2008

2007

$

$

11,987
3,005
6,204
21,196

4,271
844
589
5,704
26,900

$

$

15,753
4,106
4,844
24,703

2,242
154
3,801
6,197
30,900

$

$

26,174
4,842
5,632
36,648

(1,004)
277
(5,379)
(6,106)
30,542

Income taxes are accrued and paid by each foreign entity in accordance with applicable local regulations.

A reconciliation of the difference between the income tax expense and the computed income tax expense based on the Federal
statutory corporate rate is as follows (in thousands):

Income tax at Federal statutory rate
State and local income taxes and changes in valuation allowances, net of federal

tax benefit

Foreign taxes at rates different from the U.S. rate
Changes in valuation allowances for foreign deferred tax assets
Decrease in tax reserves
Refunds- prior years
Non-deductible items
Adjustment for prior year taxes
Other items, net

2009

Year Ended December 31,
2008

2007

$

25,580

$

29,311

$

35,008

2,402
(991)
965
(1,195)
—
—
107
32
26,900

$

3,036
(940)
(120)
—
(872)
—
253
232
30,900

$

3,332
(2,260)
(6,184)
—

963
(593)
276
30,542

$

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (in thousands):

Assets:
Current:

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Inventory
Valuation allowances
Total current assets

Non-current:

Net operating loss and credit carryforwards
Accelerated depreciation
Intangible and other assets
Other
Valuation allowances

Total non-current assets

Liabilities :
Current :

Deductible assets
Other

Total current liabilities

Non-current:

Accelerated depreciation
Other

Total non-current liabilities

December 31,

2009

2008

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

7,612
1,838
(1,507)
7,943

19,058
10,516
2,264
6,910
(28,326)
10,422

1,298
19
1,317

1,858
—
1,858

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

8,524
1,899
—
10,423

8,834
1,089
4,606
5,300
(8,377)
11,452

753
112
865

248
6
254

The Company has not provided for federal income taxes applicable to the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries of
approximately $62.9 million as of December 31, 2009, since these earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested. The Company
has foreign net operating loss carryforwards which expire through 2024. The Company records these benefits as assets to the

45

extent that utilization of such assets is more likely than not; otherwise, a valuation allowance has been recorded. The Company
has also provided valuation allowances for certain state deferred tax assets and net operating loss carryforwards where it is not
likely they will be realized.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company has recorded valuation allowances of approximately $29.8 million including valuations
against net operating loss carryforwards incurred in foreign and state jurisdictions of $15.9 million and $2.5 million, respectively,
deductible temporary differences incurred in foreign jurisdictions of $10.8 million, the majority of which relates to the WStore
acquisition, $0.5 million in foreign tax credit carryforwards, and $0.1 million for other state deductible temporary differences.

Valuation allowances increased in 2009 by $20.9 million as a result of the WStore acquisition and the valuation allowances
recorded against acquired deferred tax assets and net operating losses. Carryforward losses of $1 million were utilized in 2009 for
which valuation allowances had been previously provided.

The Company has foreign tax credit carryforwards in the amount of $0.5 million which begin to expire in 2017.

Valuation allowances decreased $.4 million in 2008 for carryforward losses utilized for which valuation allowances had been
previously provided. As of December 31, 2008, the valuation allowances of $8.4 million included $6.4 million related to net
operating loss carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions, $2.0 million for state net operating loss carryforwards and $0.2 million for
other state deductible temporary differences. During 2008, valuation allowances increased approximately $1.4 additional losses
incurred in foreign and state jurisdictions. Valuation allowances decreased $0.7 million in 2008 for carryforward losses utilized
for which valuation allowances had been previously provided.

The Company is routinely audited by federal, state and foreign tax authorities with respect to its income taxes. The Company
regularly reviews and evaluates the likelihood of audit assessments and believes it has adequately accrued for exposures for tax
liabilities resulting from future tax audits. To the extent the Company would be required to pay amounts in excess of reserves or
prevail on matters for which accruals have been established, the Company’s effective tax rate in a given period may be materially
impacted. The Company’s federal income tax returns have been audited through 2006. The Company has not signed any consents
to extend the statute of limitations for any subsequent years. The Company’s significant state tax returns have been audited
through 2005. The Company considers its significant tax jurisdictions in foreign locations to be the United Kingdom, Canada,
France, Italy and Germany. The Company remains subject to examination in the United Kingdom for years after 2002, in Canada
for years after 2004, in France for years after 2007, in Italy for years after 2005, in Netherlands for years after 2004 and in
Germany for years after 2007.

In accordance with the guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes the Company recognizes the tax benefits from an
uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing
authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit of an uncertain tax position that meets the more-likely-
than-not recognition threshold is measured as the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement
with the tax authority. To the extent we prevail in matters for which accruals have been established or are required to pay amounts
in excess of accruals, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be affected. Accrued interest and penalties
related to unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in income tax expense in the current year.

The following table details activity of the Company’s uncertain tax positions during 2009 and 2008:

Balance beginning of year
Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities
Balance end of year

$

December 31,

2009

2008

$

916
(916)

— $

916
—
916

Interest and penalties of approximately $0 and $0.1 million related to unrecognized tax benefits were expensed in 2009 and 2008
and are included in income tax expense. Additionally, included in income tax expense in 2008 is an interest and penalty reserves
reversal of approximately $0.4 million related to a state tax audit that was settled favorably.

46

10. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS

Leases - The Company is obligated under operating lease agreements for the rental of certain office and warehouse facilities and
equipment which expire at various dates through October 2026. The Company currently leases its headquarters office/warehouse
facility in New York from an entity owned by the Company’s three principal shareholders and senior executive officers. The
Company believes that these payments were no higher than would be paid to an unrelated lessor for comparable space. The
Company also acquires certain computer and communications equipment pursuant to capital lease obligations.

At December 31, 2009, the future minimum annual lease payments for capital leases and related and third-party operating leases
were as follows (in thousands):

2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015-2019
2020-2024
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments
Less: sublease rental income
Lease obligation net of subleases
Less amount representing interest
Present value of minimum capital lease payments

Capital
Leases

Operating
Leases

Total

$

$

$

1,145
794
329
155

2,423

2,423
200

24,004
24,280
22,793
20,253
16,367
66,413
11,767
2,428
188,305
354
187,951

$

$

25,149
25,074
23,122
20,408
16,367
66,413
11,767
2,428
190,728
354
190,374

(including current portion of $1,029)

$

2,223

Annual rent expense aggregated approximately $27.1 million, $25.0 million and $14.8 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. Included in rent expense was $0.9 million, $0.9 million and $0.6 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, to
related parties. Rent expense is net of sublease income of $0.1 million, $0.4 million and $0.9 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.

Litigation —

State of Florida, Office of the Attorney General

On September 4, 2009 the Office of the Attorney General, Department of Legal Affairs for the State of Florida filed a lawsuit
against OnRebate.com Inc, TigerDirect Inc. and Systemax Inc. in the Circuit Court of the Eleventh Judicial Court for Miami-
Dade County, Florida alleging deceptive and unfair trade practices under Florida law relating to the offering and processing of
customer rebates. The lawsuit seeks injunctive relief, damages, civil penalties and other equitable relief. The Company denies
the allegations in the lawsuit and intends to vigorously defend the case.

Other Matters

Systemax is a party to various pending legal proceedings and disputes arising in the normal course of business, including those
involving commercial, employment, tax and intellectual property related claims, none of which, in management’s opinion, is
anticipated to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements.

47

11. SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

The Company operates and is internally managed in three operating segments, Technology Products, Industrial Products and
Software Solutions. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The Company
evaluates segment performance based on income from operations before net interest, foreign exchange gains and losses,
restructuring and other charges and income taxes. Corporate costs not identified with the disclosed segments and restructuring
and other charges are grouped as “Corporate and other expenses.” The chief operating decision-maker reviews assets and makes
significant capital expenditure decisions for the Company on a consolidated basis only. The accounting policies of the segments
are the same as those of the Company described in Note 1.

Financial information relating to the Company’s operations by reportable segment was as follows (in thousands):

Net Sales:
Technology Products
Industrial Products
Software Solutions
Consolidated

Depreciation and Amortization Expense:
Technology Products
Industrial Products
Software Solutions
Corporate

Consolidated

Operating Income (Loss):
Technology Products
Industrial Products
Software Solutions
Corporate and other expenses

Consolidated

Total Assets
Technology Products
Industrial Products
Software Solutions
Corporate

Consolidated

2009

Year Ended December 31,
2008

2007

2,967,896
196,129
1,970
3,165,995

10,141
1,476
613
123
12,353

87,127
15,415
(6,457)
(22,694)
73,391

521,900
103,370
149
191,482
816,901

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,795,441
237,027
493
3,032,961

8,219
986
1,111
71
10,387

96,177
24,621
(17,948)
(19,483)
83,367

400,340
98,670
3,531
199,912
702,453

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,553,716
225,746
413
2,779,875

6,818
1,023
904
35
8,780

100,958
20,595
(15,813)
(11,798)
93,942

331,033
76,634
3,783
266,194
677,644

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Financial information relating to the Company’s operations by geographic area was as follows (in thousands):

Net Sales:
United States:

Technology Products
Industrial Products
Software Solutions

United States total
Other North America (Technology Products)
Europe

Consolidated

Long-lived Assets:
North America — principally United States
Europe

Consolidated

2009

Year Ended December 31,
2008

2007

$

$

$

$

1,931,544
196,129
1,970
2,129,643
187,832
848,520
3,165,995

39,860
25,738
65,598

$

$

$

$

1,660,902
237,027
493
1,898,422
193,950
940,589
3,032,961

30,188
18,277
48,465

$

$

$

$

1,451,046
225,746
413
1,677,205
170,272
932,398
2,779,875

21,978
25,602
47,580

Net sales are attributed to countries based on location of selling subsidiary.

48

12. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Quarterly financial data is as follows (in thousands, except for per share amounts):

2009:
Net sales
Gross profit
Net income
Net income per common share:

Basic
Diluted

2008:
Net sales
Gross profit
Net income
Net income per common share:

Basic
Diluted

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

$
$
$

$
$

$
$
$

$
$

752,268
107,550
8,698

.24
.23

724,737
113,749
18,061

.49
.48

$
$
$

$
$

$
$
$

$
$

721,599
107,054
6,491

.18
.17

756,035
114,754
13,541

.36
.36

$
$
$

$
$

$
$
$

$
$

753,880
112,763
12,598

.34
.34

739,479
115,419
11,273

.30
.30

$
$
$

$
$

$
$
$

$
$

938,248
132,881
18,398

.50
.49

812,710
114,637
9,968

.27
.27

49

SYSTEMAX INC.

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the years ended December:
(in thousands)

Description
Allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts
2009
2008
2007

Allowance for deferred tax assets
2009

Current (3)
Noncurrent (1)(3)

2008

Current
Noncurrent (1)

2007

Current
Noncurrent (1)

$
$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Charged to
Expenses

Write-offs

Other

Balance at
End of Period

17,523
20,521
18,176

$
$
$

4,698
2,424
4,575

$
$
$

(4,493)
(5,422)
(2,230)

4,804(2) $

— $
$

8,377

—
— $

$
(2,125) $

1,507
22,074

96
7,291

738
17,141

$

$

1,996

$

$
(64) $

(96)
(846)

$
(467) $
$ (11,408) $

(175)
(1,284)

2,842

22,532
17,523
20,521

1,507
28,326

—
8,377

96
7,291

$

$
$

$
$

$
$

(1) Charges to expense are net of reductions resulting from changes in deferred tax assets due to changes in tax laws.
(2) Other relates to WStore acquisition allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts as of acquisition date.
(3) Included in other is allowances recorded for deferred tax assets and net operating losses acquired in the WStore Europe SA

acquisition.

50

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Richard Leeds, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Systemax Inc. (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with
respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in
this l report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter( the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 18, 2010

/s/ RICHARD LEEDS
Richard Leeds, Chief Executive Officer

51

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Lawrence P. Reinhold, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Systemax Inc. (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with
respect to the period covered by this l report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in
this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter ( the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent
functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 18, 2010

/s/ LAWRENCE P. REINHOLD
Lawrence P. Reinhold, Chief Financial Officer

CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

The undersigned, the Chief Executive Officer of Systemax Inc., hereby certifies that Systemax Inc.’s Form 10-K for the Year Ended
December 31, 2009 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 78m or 78 (o)(d)) and that the information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of Systemax Inc.

Exhibit 32.1

Dated: March 18, 2010

/s/ RICHARD LEEDS
Richard Leeds, Chief Executive Officer

CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

The undersigned, the Chief Financial Officer of Systemax Inc., hereby certifies that Systemax Inc.’s Form 10-K for the Year Ended
December 31, 2009 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 78m or 78 (o)(d)) and that the information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of Systemax Inc.

Exhibit 32.2

Dated: March 18, 2010

/s/ LAWRENCE P. REINHOLD
Lawrence P. Reinhold, Chief Financial Officer

ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS:

The 2010 Annual Meeting will be held on 

Friday, June 11, 2010 at 2:00 p.m. at

Systemax Inc.

11 Harbor Park Drive

Port Washington, NY 11050

TO RECEIVE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
PLEASE SEND A WRITTEN REQUEST TO:

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Systemax Inc. 

11 Harbor Park Drive

Port Washington, NY 11050 

516- 608-7000 ext. 7181

Email: investinfo@systemax.com

Web Site: http://www.systemax.com

STOCK EXCHANGE:
The Company's shares are traded on the 
New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SYX.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS:
ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, NY

DIRECTORS
Richard Leeds
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Bruce Leeds
Vice Chairman

Robert Leeds
Vice Chairman

Gilbert Fiorentino
Chief Executive-Technology Products Group

Lawrence P. Reinhold 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Robert Rosenthal
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, 
First Long Island Investors

Stacy S. Dick 
Chief Financial Officer
Julian Robertson Holdings

Marie Adler-Kravecas
Retired President of Myron Corporation

CORPORATE EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Richard Leeds
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Bruce Leeds
Vice Chairman

Robert Leeds
Vice Chairman

Lawrence P. Reinhold
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Thomas Axmacher
Vice President and Controller

Curt S. Rush
General Counsel and Secretary

Ben White
Vice President and Auditor

SEGMENT EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT
Richard Leeds
Industrial Products

Gilbert Fiorentino
Technology Products

Systemax Inc. Corporate Headquarters
11 Harbor Park Drive, Port Washington, NY 11050

Industrial Products Headquarters
Global Equipment Company Inc.
11 Harbor Park Drive, Port Washington, NY 11050

Technology Products Headquarters
SYX Services, Inc.
7795 West Flagler Street, Miami, FL 33144

Stock Performance Graph

Financial Summary

(In millions except Basic Net Income (Loss) Per Share)

Net Sales
Operating Income
Net Income

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

$2,115.5
$   37.2 
$   11.4 

$2,345.2
$   60.7 
$   45.1 

$2,779.9
$   93.9 
$   69.5

$3,032.9
$   83.4 
$   52.8 

$3,166.0
$   73.4
$   46.2

Diluted Net Income Per Share

$    

.31 

$   1.22 

$   1.84

$   1.40 

$   1.24

Forward-Looking  Statements: Certain  statements  in  this  Annual  Report  constitute  “forward-looking  statements”  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements include known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors as set forth
within the Form 10K forming a part of this document.

2009 Annual Report